<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Alann</id>
	<title>Joomla! Documentation - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Alann"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/Special:Contributions/Alann"/>
	<updated>2026-08-09T15:50:25Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J4.x:Adding_a_New_Article&amp;diff=1016238</id>
		<title>J4.x:Adding a New Article</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J4.x:Adding_a_New_Article&amp;diff=1016238"/>
		<updated>2023-10-31T08:00:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{version|4.x,5.0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Top portal heading|color=white-bkgd|icon=magic|icon-color=#5091cd|size=3x|text-color=#333|title=&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt; Tutorial&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt; Adding a New Article&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;==Introduction== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt; This tutorial is part of a series about working with Joomla! Articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt; It covers the methods for adding a new article after logging in to the Administrator Dashboard and is based on a standard Joomla installation using the default content editor.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt; For more information on the different editors available in Joomla read: [[S:MyLanguage/Content_creators#Content_Editors|Content Editors]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt; Before starting, in addition to the content, if you use them, you will need to know what category and any tags you will assign to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt; *Log in to the Administrator Home Dashboard. More on this here: [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Logging_in_to_Joomla|Logging in or out of the Administrator Dashboard]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;==Getting Started== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;===Directly from the Home Dashboard=== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:j4x_add_article_at_home_dashboard-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt; Dependant on if your Home Dashboard has been customised after installation, you will have one or two options to generate a new article:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt; #In the Sidebar Menu click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Content&#039;&#039;&#039; link, then from the dropdown menu click the &#039;&#039;&#039;plus (+) symbol&#039;&#039;&#039; to the right of the Articles link.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt; #If it is displayed, in the Home Dashboard Site Panel click the &#039;&#039;&#039;plus (+) symbol&#039;&#039;&#039; to the right of the Articles icon.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;===Via the Article Manager=== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:J4x_home_dashboard_add_article_&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt; Either of these options will open up a page: &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles: New&#039;&#039;&#039; that is ready for input.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;==Preparing the Article== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:J4x_add_article_basic_&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt; When a new article is generated it will open a tabbed panel with the &#039;&#039;&#039;Content&#039;&#039;&#039; tab selected. It is possible to save a new article with only two pieces of required information:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt; #Enter a title in the &#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039; field. This is used where ever the article title is displayed. (&#039;&#039;&#039;Required&#039;&#039;&#039;) The &#039;&#039;Alias&#039;&#039; field next to the title field is not a required field as if it is left blank Joomla will create the alias when the article is saved. The alias is used to refer to the article and is important for the [[S:MyLanguage/Search Engine Friendly URLs|Search Engine Friendly Address features]]. The alias may also be used by other site functionality such as plugins and modules to find the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt; #Choose a &#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. See Article Settings below for more information.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt; #Whilst not strictly required to add and save an article, enter your content using the editor.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;=== Article Parameters === &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt; The other tabs above the content editor  include several options or parameters for the article. &#039;&#039;&#039;You may not see all the following tabs&#039;&#039;&#039; as a Site Administrator may hide some to help maintain the consistency of article layout across the website. You may also see additional tabs for &#039;&#039;Custom Fields&#039;&#039; if they have been set up.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt; #&#039;&#039;Images and Links&#039;&#039; allows you to set an intro and featured image and / or links to appear in predefined positions. This may be used if your article will be displayed within a category blog.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt; #&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039; allows you to specify the layout of the article and associated information such as title, category, tags, publishing details etc. This is normally set globally but can be article specific through these options.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt; #&#039;&#039;Publishing&#039;&#039; allows you to set publishing dates and times to schedule publishing of an article. By default, when an article is saved it will be published straight away. You can also set the Metadata for the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt; #&#039;&#039;Configure Edit Screen&#039;&#039; allows you to show or hide parameters for the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt; #&#039;&#039;Permissions&#039;&#039; shows the permissions for each user group that control what can or cannot be done.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;===Article Settings=== &amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt; Besides the content, an article has settings to manage publishing, how / where it will be displayed and who can see it when published. In many cases some of these will be left at their default setting:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:J4x_add_article_info_right_&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|border|left|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt; #Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Status&#039;&#039;&#039;: Published, Unpublished, Archived, or Trashed - the default is &#039;&#039;Published&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt; #Select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039; using the drop down menu - this is a &#039;&#039;&#039;Required&#039;&#039;&#039; field. Note that although required, if you do not set it the article will still save but be set to the Joomla default category &#039;&#039;uncategorised&#039;&#039;. You can add a new category in this field by typing it in and &#039;&#039;&#039;pressing enter&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt; #Toggle the &#039;&#039;&#039;Featured&#039;&#039;&#039; setting on off, whether or not to display the article on the home page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt; #Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Access&#039;&#039;&#039; level for the article: Public, Registered, Super Users, etc.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt; #Select one or more &#039;&#039;&#039;Tags&#039;&#039;&#039; for your article. Start typing to find and select pre-defined tags or you can add a new one by typing it in and &#039;&#039;&#039;pressing enter&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt; #You can add a &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; which will be visible in the Article Manager.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt; #You are also able to add a &#039;&#039;&#039;Version Note&#039;&#039;&#039; which will show in the version history for the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the Article==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have added the required information and content you can save the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of ways to do this depending on what you wish to do next in Joomla.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the article you can choose to &#039;&#039;Save&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Save&amp;amp;Close&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Save to Menu&#039;&#039; or Save&amp;amp;New as follows:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:J4x_add_article_saving_&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|border|left|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt; #Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button to save your changes. This will keep the article open. It is good practice to regularly save your work on longer articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt; #Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button to save the article and take you to the Articles List. The Save &amp;amp; Close button has a further two drop-down options:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt; ##Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save to Menu&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button to add the article to a menu by opening a &#039;&#039;&#039;Menus: New Item&#039;&#039;&#039; page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt; ##Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button to save the article then open up an &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles: New&#039;&#039;&#039; page. This option saves time when adding multiple articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt; A system message will indicate that the article has been successfully saved.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;====Errors on attempting to save:==== &amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*If you have not completed the required fields, a red error message will appear indicating the missing information you must add.&lt;br /&gt;
*You will see an error message if the article has an alias that already exists. You can overcome this by amending the alias field.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt; *If you are not the Super User or Administrator, take time to understand how the website is set up. Just because you have saved an article doesn&#039;t mean it is visible on the website. If Category Blog pages are being used, assigning the correct category will display the article. Otherwise an article needs to be assigned to a menu item. You can do this in the article or via &#039;&#039;&#039;Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; then &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt; *Try to keep article titles short and specific.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt; *Whilst it can be done, if there are several users adding articles to the website avoid creating new categories and tags in articles. Spelling errors and differences can easily prevent articles from displaying where they were intended. Creating categories and tags in their respective list page ensures consistency across the website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt; *If there is a need, make use of article notes. They can be very helpful, especially where several people add articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt; *Wherever you are in Joomla you can add an article without going to the Home Dashboard - use the Joomla Sidebar Menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Article Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Beginners]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 4.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J4.x:Adding_a_New_Article&amp;diff=1016231</id>
		<title>J4.x:Adding a New Article</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J4.x:Adding_a_New_Article&amp;diff=1016231"/>
		<updated>2023-10-29T17:51:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Joomla version|version=4.x}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Top portal heading|color=white-bkgd|icon=magic|icon-color=#5091cd|size=3x|text-color=#333|title=&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt; Tutorial&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt; Adding a New Article&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;==Introduction== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt; This tutorial is part of a series about working with Joomla! Articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt; It covers the methods for adding a new article after logging in to the Administrator Dashboard and is based on a standard Joomla installation using the default content editor.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt; For more information on the different editors available in Joomla read: [[S:MyLanguage/Content_creators#Content_Editors|Content Editors]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt; Before starting, in addition to the content, if you use them, you will need to know what category and any tags you will assign to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt; *Log in to the Administrator Home Dashboard. More on this here: [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Logging_in_to_Joomla|Logging in or out of the Administrator Dashboard]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;==Getting Started== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;===Directly from the Home Dashboard=== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:j4x_add_article_at_home_dashboard-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt; Dependant on if your Home Dashboard has been customised after installation, you will have one or two options to generate a new article:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt; #In the Sidebar Menu click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Content&#039;&#039;&#039; link, then from the dropdown menu click the &#039;&#039;&#039;plus (+) symbol&#039;&#039;&#039; to the right of the Articles link.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt; #If it is displayed, in the Home Dashboard Site Panel click the &#039;&#039;&#039;plus (+) symbol&#039;&#039;&#039; to the right of the Articles icon.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;===Via the Article Manager=== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:J4x_home_dashboard_add_article_&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt; Either of these options will open up a page: &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles: New&#039;&#039;&#039; that is ready for input.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;==Preparing the Article== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:J4x_add_article_basic_&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt; When a new article is generated it will open a tabbed panel with the &#039;&#039;&#039;Content&#039;&#039;&#039; tab selected. It is possible to save a new article with only two pieces of required information:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt; #Enter a title in the &#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039; field. This is used where ever the article title is displayed. (&#039;&#039;&#039;Required&#039;&#039;&#039;) The &#039;&#039;Alias&#039;&#039; field next to the title field is not a required field as if it is left blank Joomla will create the alias when the article is saved. The alias is used to refer to the article and is important for the [[S:MyLanguage/Search Engine Friendly URLs|Search Engine Friendly Address features]]. The alias may also be used by other site functionality such as plugins and modules to find the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt; #Choose a &#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. See Article Settings below for more information.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt; #Whilst not strictly required to add and save an article, enter your content using the editor.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;=== Article Parameters === &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt; The other tabs above the content editor  include several options or parameters for the article. &#039;&#039;&#039;You may not see all the following tabs&#039;&#039;&#039; as a Site Administrator may hide some to help maintain the consistency of article layout across the website. You may also see additional tabs for &#039;&#039;Custom Fields&#039;&#039; if they have been set up.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt; #&#039;&#039;Images and Links&#039;&#039; allows you to set an intro and featured image and / or links to appear in predefined positions. This may be used if your article will be displayed within a category blog.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt; #&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039; allows you to specify the layout of the article and associated information such as title, category, tags, publishing details etc. This is normally set globally but can be article specific through these options.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt; #&#039;&#039;Publishing&#039;&#039; allows you to set publishing dates and times to schedule publishing of an article. By default, when an article is saved it will be published straight away. You can also set the Metadata for the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt; #&#039;&#039;Configure Edit Screen&#039;&#039; allows you to show or hide parameters for the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt; #&#039;&#039;Permissions&#039;&#039; shows the permissions for each user group that control what can or cannot be done.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;===Article Settings=== &amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt; Besides the content, an article has settings to manage publishing, how / where it will be displayed and who can see it when published. In many cases some of these will be left at their default setting:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:J4x_add_article_info_right_&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|border|left|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt; #Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Status&#039;&#039;&#039;: Published, Unpublished, Archived, or Trashed - the default is &#039;&#039;Published&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt; #Select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039; using the drop down menu - this is a &#039;&#039;&#039;Required&#039;&#039;&#039; field. Note that although required, if you do not set it the article will still save but be set to the Joomla default category &#039;&#039;uncategorised&#039;&#039;. You can add a new category in this field by typing it in and &#039;&#039;&#039;pressing enter&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt; #Toggle the &#039;&#039;&#039;Featured&#039;&#039;&#039; setting on off, whether or not to display the article on the home page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt; #Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Access&#039;&#039;&#039; level for the article: Public, Registered, Super Users, etc.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt; #Select one or more &#039;&#039;&#039;Tags&#039;&#039;&#039; for your article. Start typing to find and select pre-defined tags or you can add a new one by typing it in and &#039;&#039;&#039;pressing enter&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt; #You can add a &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; which will be visible in the Article Manager.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt; #You are also able to add a &#039;&#039;&#039;Version Note&#039;&#039;&#039; which will show in the version history for the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the Article==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have added the required information and content you can save the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of ways to do this depending on what you wish to do next in Joomla.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the article you can choose to &#039;&#039;Save&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Save&amp;amp;Close&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Save to Menu&#039;&#039; or Save&amp;amp;New as follows:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:J4x_add_article_saving_&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|border|left|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt; #Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button to save your changes. This will keep the article open. It is good practice to regularly save your work on longer articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt; #Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button to save the article and take you to the Articles List. The Save &amp;amp; Close button has a further two drop-down options:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt; ##Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save to Menu&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button to add the article to a menu by opening a &#039;&#039;&#039;Menus: New Item&#039;&#039;&#039; page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt; ##Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button to save the article then open up an &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles: New&#039;&#039;&#039; page. This option saves time when adding multiple articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt; A system message will indicate that the article has been successfully saved.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;====Errors on attempting to save:==== &amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*If you have not completed the required fields, a red error message will appear indicating the missing information you must add.&lt;br /&gt;
*You will see an error message if the article has an alias that already exists. You can overcome this by amending the alias field.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt; *If you are not the Super User or Administrator, take time to understand how the website is set up. Just because you have saved an article doesn&#039;t mean it is visible on the website. If Category Blog pages are being used, assigning the correct category will display the article. Otherwise an article needs to be assigned to a menu item. You can do this in the article or via &#039;&#039;&#039;Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; then &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt; *Try to keep article titles short and specific.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt; *Whilst it can be done, if there are several users adding articles to the website avoid creating new categories and tags in articles. Spelling errors and differences can easily prevent articles from displaying where they were intended. Creating categories and tags in their respective list page ensures consistency across the website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt; *If there is a need, make use of article notes. They can be very helpful, especially where several people add articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt; *Wherever you are in Joomla you can add an article without going to the Home Dashboard - use the Joomla Sidebar Menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Article Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Beginners]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 4.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J4.x:Adding_a_New_Article&amp;diff=1016230</id>
		<title>J4.x:Adding a New Article</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J4.x:Adding_a_New_Article&amp;diff=1016230"/>
		<updated>2023-10-29T16:57:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Joomla version|version=4.x}}{{Joomla version|version=5.x}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Top portal heading|color=white-bkgd|icon=magic|icon-color=#5091cd|size=3x|text-color=#333|title=&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt; Tutorial&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt; Adding a New Article&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;==Introduction== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt; This tutorial is part of a series about working with Joomla! Articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt; It covers the methods for adding a new article after logging in to the Administrator Dashboard and is based on a standard Joomla installation using the default content editor.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt; For more information on the different editors available in Joomla read: [[S:MyLanguage/Content_creators#Content_Editors|Content Editors]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt; Before starting, in addition to the content, if you use them, you will need to know what category and any tags you will assign to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt; *Log in to the Administrator Home Dashboard. More on this here: [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Logging_in_to_Joomla|Logging in or out of the Administrator Dashboard]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;==Getting Started== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;===Directly from the Home Dashboard=== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:j4x_add_article_at_home_dashboard-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt; Dependant on if your Home Dashboard has been customised after installation, you will have one or two options to generate a new article:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt; #In the Sidebar Menu click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Content&#039;&#039;&#039; link, then from the dropdown menu click the &#039;&#039;&#039;plus (+) symbol&#039;&#039;&#039; to the right of the Articles link.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt; #If it is displayed, in the Home Dashboard Site Panel click the &#039;&#039;&#039;plus (+) symbol&#039;&#039;&#039; to the right of the Articles icon.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;===Via the Article Manager=== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:J4x_home_dashboard_add_article_&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt; Either of these options will open up a page: &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles: New&#039;&#039;&#039; that is ready for input.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;==Preparing the Article== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:J4x_add_article_basic_&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt; When a new article is generated it will open a tabbed panel with the &#039;&#039;&#039;Content&#039;&#039;&#039; tab selected. It is possible to save a new article with only two pieces of required information:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt; #Enter a title in the &#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039; field. This is used where ever the article title is displayed. (&#039;&#039;&#039;Required&#039;&#039;&#039;) The &#039;&#039;Alias&#039;&#039; field next to the title field is not a required field as if it is left blank Joomla will create the alias when the article is saved. The alias is used to refer to the article and is important for the [[S:MyLanguage/Search Engine Friendly URLs|Search Engine Friendly Address features]]. The alias may also be used by other site functionality such as plugins and modules to find the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt; #Choose a &#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. See Article Settings below for more information.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt; #Whilst not strictly required to add and save an article, enter your content using the editor.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;=== Article Parameters === &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt; The other tabs above the content editor  include several options or parameters for the article. &#039;&#039;&#039;You may not see all the following tabs&#039;&#039;&#039; as a Site Administrator may hide some to help maintain the consistency of article layout across the website. You may also see additional tabs for &#039;&#039;Custom Fields&#039;&#039; if they have been set up.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt; #&#039;&#039;Images and Links&#039;&#039; allows you to set an intro and featured image and / or links to appear in predefined positions. This may be used if your article will be displayed within a category blog.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt; #&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039; allows you to specify the layout of the article and associated information such as title, category, tags, publishing details etc. This is normally set globally but can be article specific through these options.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt; #&#039;&#039;Publishing&#039;&#039; allows you to set publishing dates and times to schedule publishing of an article. By default, when an article is saved it will be published straight away. You can also set the Metadata for the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt; #&#039;&#039;Configure Edit Screen&#039;&#039; allows you to show or hide parameters for the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt; #&#039;&#039;Permissions&#039;&#039; shows the permissions for each user group that control what can or cannot be done.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;===Article Settings=== &amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt; Besides the content, an article has settings to manage publishing, how / where it will be displayed and who can see it when published. In many cases some of these will be left at their default setting:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:J4x_add_article_info_right_&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|border|left|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt; #Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Status&#039;&#039;&#039;: Published, Unpublished, Archived, or Trashed - the default is &#039;&#039;Published&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt; #Select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039; using the drop down menu - this is a &#039;&#039;&#039;Required&#039;&#039;&#039; field. Note that although required, if you do not set it the article will still save but be set to the Joomla default category &#039;&#039;uncategorised&#039;&#039;. You can add a new category in this field by typing it in and &#039;&#039;&#039;pressing enter&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt; #Toggle the &#039;&#039;&#039;Featured&#039;&#039;&#039; setting on off, whether or not to display the article on the home page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt; #Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Access&#039;&#039;&#039; level for the article: Public, Registered, Super Users, etc.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt; #Select one or more &#039;&#039;&#039;Tags&#039;&#039;&#039; for your article. Start typing to find and select pre-defined tags or you can add a new one by typing it in and &#039;&#039;&#039;pressing enter&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt; #You can add a &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; which will be visible in the Article Manager.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt; #You are also able to add a &#039;&#039;&#039;Version Note&#039;&#039;&#039; which will show in the version history for the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the Article==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have added the required information and content you can save the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of ways to do this depending on what you wish to do next in Joomla.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the article you can choose to &#039;&#039;Save&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Save&amp;amp;Close&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Save to Menu&#039;&#039; or Save&amp;amp;New as follows:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:J4x_add_article_saving_&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|border|left|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow:hidden;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt; #Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button to save your changes. This will keep the article open. It is good practice to regularly save your work on longer articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt; #Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button to save the article and take you to the Articles List. The Save &amp;amp; Close button has a further two drop-down options:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt; ##Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save to Menu&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button to add the article to a menu by opening a &#039;&#039;&#039;Menus: New Item&#039;&#039;&#039; page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt; ##Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button to save the article then open up an &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles: New&#039;&#039;&#039; page. This option saves time when adding multiple articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt; A system message will indicate that the article has been successfully saved.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;====Errors on attempting to save:==== &amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*If you have not completed the required fields, a red error message will appear indicating the missing information you must add.&lt;br /&gt;
*You will see an error message if the article has an alias that already exists. You can overcome this by amending the alias field.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt; *If you are not the Super User or Administrator, take time to understand how the website is set up. Just because you have saved an article doesn&#039;t mean it is visible on the website. If Category Blog pages are being used, assigning the correct category will display the article. Otherwise an article needs to be assigned to a menu item. You can do this in the article or via &#039;&#039;&#039;Menus&#039;&#039;&#039; then &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt; *Try to keep article titles short and specific.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt; *Whilst it can be done, if there are several users adding articles to the website avoid creating new categories and tags in articles. Spelling errors and differences can easily prevent articles from displaying where they were intended. Creating categories and tags in their respective list page ensures consistency across the website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt; *If there is a need, make use of article notes. They can be very helpful, especially where several people add articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt; *Wherever you are in Joomla you can add an article without going to the Home Dashboard - use the Joomla Sidebar Menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Article Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Beginners]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 4.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Admin_Modules:_Joomla_Version_Information&amp;diff=1016005</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Admin Modules: Joomla Version Information</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Admin_Modules:_Joomla_Version_Information&amp;diff=1016005"/>
		<updated>2023-10-25T15:49:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Update version image to 5.0.0 and first screenshot&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This module displays the Joomla! version in the Administrator Title Bar.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-5x-modules-administrator-module-joomla-version-icon-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|System,Manage Panel,Administrator Modules}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
**To create a new module: select the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; button from the Toolbar. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
***Select the required module type.&lt;br /&gt;
**To edit an existing module:&lt;br /&gt;
***Find the module in the list of installed modules and select the title link in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-5x-modules-administrator-module-joomla-version-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Module Title/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Left Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; This module displays the Joomla! version.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Right Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Show Module Title/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Module Position/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Status/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Access/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Module Ordering/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Start Publishing/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Finish Publishing/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Language/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Note/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-modules-manager-admin-module-site-advanced-options-en.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:ModuleManager Advanced Tab/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-modules-manager-admin-module-administrator-permissions-en.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:ModuleManager Permissions Tab/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save.&#039;&#039;&#039; Saves the item and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and keeps the editing screen open and ready to create another item.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save as Copy&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves your changes to a copy of the current item.  Does not affect the current item.  This toolbar icon is not shown if you are creating a new item.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|5.0|Module Manager Help Screens|Extensions Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help-5x-modules-administrator-module-joomla-version-en.png&amp;diff=1016004</id>
		<title>File:Help-5x-modules-administrator-module-joomla-version-en.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help-5x-modules-administrator-module-joomla-version-en.png&amp;diff=1016004"/>
		<updated>2023-10-25T15:42:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{JEDL}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help-5x-modules-administrator-module-joomla-version-icon-en.png&amp;diff=1016003</id>
		<title>File:Help-5x-modules-administrator-module-joomla-version-icon-en.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help-5x-modules-administrator-module-joomla-version-icon-en.png&amp;diff=1016003"/>
		<updated>2023-10-25T15:20:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Administration - Joomla 5.0.0  Version&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
Administration - Joomla 5.0.0  Version&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{JEDL}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1016002</id>
		<title>Portal:Joomla 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1016002"/>
		<updated>2023-10-25T15:03:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version=5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Top portal heading|color=white-bkgd|icon=joomla|icon-color=#5091cd|size=4x|text-color=#333|title=Joomla! 5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
18 years after the first version, Joomla! 5 was released on the 17th of October 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Why Use Joomla! 5?&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! 5 is an  Open Source, robust, secure and easy to use Content Management System (CMS) that enables website creators to produce powerful websites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maintaining content, the system and users is made easy by the use of software features that benefit from the skills and experience of a strong community of volunteers that have been maintaining and improving Joomla versions since 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a simple 5 page website to an enterprise solution serving thousands of pages, with its powerful layout overrides, custom fields and flexible modules built right in, your Joomla! website can be built to look and feel just the way you want it to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;What&#039;s new in Joomla! 5?&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Dark Mode in Administrator:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla 5 boasts a more refined dark mode, not just for users but also for administrators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Web Assets and Caching:&#039;&#039;&#039; Many improvements to the web asset caching&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Schema.org Integration:&#039;&#039;&#039; Automatic activation of Schema.org data for organisation and site names enhances search engine optimisation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Code Optimisation:&#039;&#039;&#039; Speed advancements are noticed due to automatic source code optimisation through the phpcs fixer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PHP &amp;amp; Bootstrap Updates:&#039;&#039;&#039; Improved compatibility with PHP 8+ and an update to Bootstrap 5.3.2 ensures that the platform remains contemporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User Interface:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enhancements in dark mode for the Atum administrator template and the new Joomla modal window for select buttons promise a smoother user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tools &amp;amp; Plugins:&#039;&#039;&#039; The TinyMCE editor gets an update to 6.7 with added image alignment features. Several scheduled tasks have been moved to scheduler plugins, enhancing system performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Media Management:&#039;&#039;&#039; AVIF support in the media manager and the ability to exclude archived content from smart search indexing improve media handling capabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu sorting:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allowing you to sort the menu in the way you want it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Enhanced Security:&#039;&#039;&#039; Events have been migrated to their classes, and the removal of no longer functional Recaptcha plugins boosts security.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Modern Technologies:&#039;&#039;&#039; Internal code restructuring focuses on utilising more modern APIs. There&#039;s added JS Import map support for Web Asset Manager and deprecated fixes for php 8.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Extensions &amp;amp; Compatibility:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla 5 introduces Fontawesome 6.4, Codemirror 6, and has updated its Webauthn Library. Notably, Joomla now requires PHP 8.1, MySQL 8.0.13+, MariaDB 10.4+, and PostgreSQL 12+ for optimal performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cleaner Code Base:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla 5 places a strong emphasis on code cleanliness. The transition from older APIs, removal of es5 support, and other heavily coded cleanups ensure the CMS runs efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 5 encapsulates modern requirements for a CMS, promising its users a combination of speed, security, and an intuitive user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! 5 Documentation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This portal brings together information related specifically to Joomla! 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla! 5 shares some of the same features as Joomla! 4 and if you have previously used Joomla! 4 you will find using Joomla! 5 is identical or very similar. Some links on this page will take you to Joomla! 4 documentation as revisions and additions are still underway. However, in such cases, much of the content will still be relevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Getting Started}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Getting_Started_with_Joomla!|Getting Started with Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Setting Up Your Local Environment|Setting up your Local Environment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_4.4.x_to_5.x_Planning_and_Upgrade_Step_by_Step|Joomla 4.4 to 5.x Step by Step Upgrade]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Installing Joomla|Installing Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Logging in to Joomla|Logging into Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Joomla_Version_Information|Joomla Version Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Optional_Technical_Requirements|Optional Technical Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Unsupported_PHP_Version|Unsupported PHP Versions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_CLI_Installation|Joomla CLI Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Site Administration}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version={{CurrentSTSVer4|maintenace}}|comment=&#039;&#039;&#039;Stable Version&#039;&#039;&#039;}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Efficiency&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Keyboard_Shortcuts|Keyboard Shortcuts]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Security&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Http_Header_Management|HTTP Header Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/WebAuthn_Passwordless_Login|WebAuthn Passwordless Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Updates&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:CLI_Update|CLI Update]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Updating_from_an_existing_version|Updating from an existing version]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;User Management&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/How_do_you_recover_or_reset_your_admin_password%3F|Recover / Reset Admin Password]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Users_List_and_Details_Views|Users List and Details Views]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Privacy&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Privacy|Privacy Tool Suite]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Navigation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Components_Dashboard|The Components Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Content_Dashboard|The Content Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:System_Dashboard|The System Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Accessibility&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://joomla-projects.github.io/joomla-a11y-checker/  JOOA11Y - The Joomla Accessibility Checker]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Articles&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding a New Article|Adding a New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Deleting an Article|Deleting an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Restricting_access_to_an_Article|Restricting access to an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Scheduling_the_publication_of_an_article|Scheduling the Publication of an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Archive_an_Article|How to Archive an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Categories&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Create and Manage Article Categories|Create and Manage Article Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Fields and Fields Groups&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Fields_and_Field_Groups|Working with Fields and Field Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Media&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Managing_Media|Managing Media]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Upload_Delete_Rename|Upload Delete Rename]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Image_Crop_Resize_Rotate|Image Crop Resize Rotate]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Options|Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adaptive_Images_for_Media_Manager|Adaptive Images for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Workflow&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow/Scenarios|Workflow Scenarios]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Menus}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Menu_Dashboard|Menu Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding_a_New_Menu|Adding a New Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding a menu link in an article|Adding a Menu Link within an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding_a_Custom_Administrator_Menu|Adding a Custom Administrator Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Create_a_Menu_Item_to_View_Archived_Articles|How to Create a Menu Item to View Archived Articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Modules}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Administrator_Modules|Administrator Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Site_Modules|Site Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Show_a_Calendar_Month_List_of_Archived_Articles_Using_a_Module|How to Show a Calendar Month List of Archived Articles Using a Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Components}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_To_Use_Content_Tags_in_Joomla|How To Use Content Tags in Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Plugins and Extensions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Joomla 4 &#039;&#039;Extensions; Install&#039;&#039; page has an &#039;&#039;&#039;Install from Web&#039;&#039;&#039; option. By default it lists the extensions available in the official Joomla! Extensions Directory for your current version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively you can go to: [https://extensions.joomla.org/ Joomla! Extensions Directory]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Templates}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Changed parameters for template providers|Changed Parameters for Template Providers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:SCSS_and_Sass|SCSS and SASS]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Using_Bootstrap_Components_in_Joomla_4|Using Bootstrap Components]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Module_Position|Understanding Module Positions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! Template Cassiopeia&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Folders_and_Files|Cassiopeia Template Folders and Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Customisation|Cassiopeia Template Customisation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Simplified_-_A_Case_Study|Cassiopeia Template Simplified - A Case Study]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://magazine.joomla.org/all-issues/february-2022/joomla-4-cassiopeia-template-a-bunch-of-tips-tricks Community Magazine: Cassiopeia Template - Tips and Tricks]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Development}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;API&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding an API to a Joomla Component|Adding an API to a Joomla Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_Api_Specification|Joomla API Specification]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_Core_APIs|Joomla Core APIs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Assets&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Web_Assets|Web Assets]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;CLI&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Writing_A_CLI_Application|Writing A CLI Application]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:CLI_Database_Exporter_Importer|CLI Database Exporter / Importer]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Task_Scheduler|Task Scheduler]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Data&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Inserting_Updating_and_Removing_data_using_JDatabase|Inserting, Updating and Removing Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Selecting_data_using_JDatabase|Selecting Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Components&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_1:_The_Site_code|Component Tutorial - Part 1 - Site Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_2:_The_Administrator_code|Component Tutorial - Part 2 - Administrator Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component|Developing an MVC Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Introduction|Developing an MVC Component - Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Developing_a_Basic_Component|Developing an MVC Component - Developing a Basic Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Language_Management|Developing an MVC Component - Language Mamagement]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Menu_Type_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Menu Type to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Request_Variable_in_the_Menu_Link|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Request Variable in the Menu Link]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_View_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a View to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Setting_up_the_Database|Developing an MVC Component - Setting up the Database]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Modules&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating a Simple Module| Creating a Simple Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Plugins&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating a Plugin for Joomla| Creating a Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4_CLI_example_-_Onoffbydate| CLI example - Onoffbydate]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Testing&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Automated_System_Testing| Automated System Testing]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/JavaScript_Tests_for_Joomla4| JavaScript Tests]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Miscellaneous&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_4.1_version_history|Joomla 4.1 Version History]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Adding changelog to your manifest file|Adding Changelog to your Manifest File]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:ClientSideEvents|Client Side Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cloud_File_Systems_for_Media_Manager|Cloud File Systems for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla!_Codenames|Joomla Codenames]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_Entities|Joomla Entities]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Dependency_Injection_in_Joomla_4|Dependency Injection]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Namespace_Conventions_In_Joomla|Namespace Conventions In Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating_Multilingual_Associations_Automatically|Creating Multilingual Associations Automatically]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Response_Formats|Response Formats]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Setting_up_Eclipse_PDT_2020_and_Git_for_Pulls|Setting up Eclipse PDT 2020 and Git for Pulls]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Tips_and_Tricks_for_Joomla_4_Developers|Tips and Tricks for Joomla 4 Developers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/weblinks/tree/4.0-dev Weblinks for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/patchtester Patchtester for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Troubleshooting}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Database&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Fix_%22Database_Table_Structure_NOT_Up_to_Date%22_before_Update|Fix &amp;quot;Database Table Structure NOT Up to Date&amp;quot; before update error]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Landing_Pages]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla!_5.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation_Working_Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Update Working Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1015851</id>
		<title>Portal:Joomla 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1015851"/>
		<updated>2023-10-23T09:33:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Remove J3 to J4 links&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version=5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Top portal heading|color=white-bkgd|icon=joomla|icon-color=#5091cd|size=4x|text-color=#333|title=Joomla! 5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
18 years after the first version, Joomla! 5 was released on the 17th of October 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Why Use Joomla! 5?&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! 5 is an  Open Source, robust, secure and easy to use Content Management System (CMS) that enables website creators to produce powerful websites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maintaining content, the system and users is made easy by the use of software features that benefit from the skills and experience of a strong community of volunteers that have been maintaining and improving Joomla versions since 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a simple 5 page website to an enterprise solution serving thousands of pages, with its powerful layout overrides, custom fields and flexible modules built right in, your Joomla! website can be built to look and feel just the way you want it to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;What&#039;s new in Joomla! 5?&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Dark Mode in Administrator:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla 5 boasts a more refined dark mode, not just for users but also for administrators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Web Assets and Caching:&#039;&#039;&#039; Many improvements to the web asset caching&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Schema.org Integration:&#039;&#039;&#039; Automatic activation of Schema.org data for organisation and site names enhances search engine optimisation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Code Optimisation:&#039;&#039;&#039; Speed advancements are noticed due to automatic source code optimisation through the phpcs fixer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PHP &amp;amp; Bootstrap Updates:&#039;&#039;&#039; Improved compatibility with PHP 8+ and an update to Bootstrap 5.3.2 ensures that the platform remains contemporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User Interface:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enhancements in dark mode for the Atum administrator template and the new Joomla modal window for select buttons promise a smoother user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tools &amp;amp; Plugins:&#039;&#039;&#039; The TinyMCE editor gets an update to 6.7 with added image alignment features. Several scheduled tasks have been moved to scheduler plugins, enhancing system performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Media Management:&#039;&#039;&#039; AVIF support in the media manager and the ability to exclude archived content from smart search indexing improve media handling capabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu sorting:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allowing you to sort the menu in the way you want it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Enhanced Security:&#039;&#039;&#039; Events have been migrated to their classes, and the removal of no longer functional Recaptcha plugins boosts security.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Modern Technologies:&#039;&#039;&#039; Internal code restructuring focuses on utilising more modern APIs. There&#039;s added JS Import map support for Web Asset Manager and deprecated fixes for php 8.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Extensions &amp;amp; Compatibility:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla 5 introduces Fontawesome 6.4, Codemirror 6, and has updated its Webauthn Library. Notably, Joomla now requires PHP 8.1, MySQL 8.0.13+, MariaDB 10.4+, and PostgreSQL 12+ for optimal performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cleaner Code Base:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla 5 places a strong emphasis on code cleanliness. The transition from older APIs, removal of es5 support, and other heavily coded cleanups ensure the CMS runs efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 5 encapsulates modern requirements for a CMS, promising its users a combination of speed, security, and an intuitive user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! 5 Documentation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This portal brings together information related specifically to Joomla! 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla! 5 shares some of the same features as Joomla! 4 and if you have previously used Joomla! 4 you will find using Joomla! 5 is identical or very similar. Some links on this page will take you to Joomla! 4 documentation as revisions and additions are still underway. However, in such cases, much of the content will still be relevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Getting Started}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Getting_Started_with_Joomla!|Getting Started with Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Setting Up Your Local Environment|Setting up your Local Environment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_4.4.x_to_5.x_Planning_and_Upgrade_Step_by_Step|Joomla 4.4 to 5.x Step by Step Upgrade]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Installing Joomla|Installing Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Logging in to Joomla|Logging into Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Joomla_4_Tutorials_Project|Joomla 4 Tutorials Project]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Joomla_Version_Information|Joomla Version Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Optional_Technical_Requirements|Optional Technical Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Unsupported_PHP_Version|Unsupported PHP Versions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_CLI_Installation|Joomla CLI Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Site Administration}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version={{CurrentSTSVer4|maintenace}}|comment=&#039;&#039;&#039;Stable Version&#039;&#039;&#039;}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Efficiency&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Keyboard_Shortcuts|Keyboard Shortcuts]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Security&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Http_Header_Management|HTTP Header Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/WebAuthn_Passwordless_Login|WebAuthn Passwordless Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Updates&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:CLI_Update|CLI Update]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Updating_from_an_existing_version|Updating from an existing version]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;User Management&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/How_do_you_recover_or_reset_your_admin_password%3F|Recover / Reset Admin Password]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Users_List_and_Details_Views|Users List and Details Views]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Privacy&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Privacy|Privacy Tool Suite]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Navigation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Components_Dashboard|The Components Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Content_Dashboard|The Content Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:System_Dashboard|The System Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Accessibility&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://joomla-projects.github.io/joomla-a11y-checker/  JOOA11Y - The Joomla Accessibility Checker]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Articles&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding a New Article|Adding a New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Deleting an Article|Deleting an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Restricting_access_to_an_Article|Restricting access to an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Scheduling_the_publication_of_an_article|Scheduling the Publication of an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Archive_an_Article|How to Archive an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Categories&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Create and Manage Article Categories|Create and Manage Article Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Fields and Fields Groups&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Fields_and_Field_Groups|Working with Fields and Field Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Media&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Managing_Media|Managing Media]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Upload_Delete_Rename|Upload Delete Rename]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Image_Crop_Resize_Rotate|Image Crop Resize Rotate]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Options|Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adaptive_Images_for_Media_Manager|Adaptive Images for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Workflow&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow/Scenarios|Workflow Scenarios]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Menus}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Menu_Dashboard|Menu Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding_a_New_Menu|Adding a New Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding a menu link in an article|Adding a Menu Link within an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding_a_Custom_Administrator_Menu|Adding a Custom Administrator Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Create_a_Menu_Item_to_View_Archived_Articles|How to Create a Menu Item to View Archived Articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Modules}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Administrator_Modules|Administrator Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Site_Modules|Site Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Show_a_Calendar_Month_List_of_Archived_Articles_Using_a_Module|How to Show a Calendar Month List of Archived Articles Using a Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Components}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_To_Use_Content_Tags_in_Joomla|How To Use Content Tags in Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Plugins and Extensions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Joomla 4 &#039;&#039;Extensions; Install&#039;&#039; page has an &#039;&#039;&#039;Install from Web&#039;&#039;&#039; option. By default it lists the extensions available in the official Joomla! Extensions Directory for your current version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively you can go to: [https://extensions.joomla.org/ Joomla! Extensions Directory]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Templates}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Changed parameters for template providers|Changed Parameters for Template Providers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:SCSS_and_Sass|SCSS and SASS]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Using_Bootstrap_Components_in_Joomla_4|Using Bootstrap Components]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Module_Position|Understanding Module Positions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! Template Cassiopeia&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Folders_and_Files|Cassiopeia Template Folders and Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Customisation|Cassiopeia Template Customisation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Simplified_-_A_Case_Study|Cassiopeia Template Simplified - A Case Study]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://magazine.joomla.org/all-issues/february-2022/joomla-4-cassiopeia-template-a-bunch-of-tips-tricks Community Magazine: Cassiopeia Template - Tips and Tricks]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Development}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;API&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding an API to a Joomla Component|Adding an API to a Joomla Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_Api_Specification|Joomla API Specification]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_Core_APIs|Joomla Core APIs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Assets&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Web_Assets|Web Assets]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;CLI&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Writing_A_CLI_Application|Writing A CLI Application]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:CLI_Database_Exporter_Importer|CLI Database Exporter / Importer]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Task_Scheduler|Task Scheduler]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Data&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Inserting_Updating_and_Removing_data_using_JDatabase|Inserting, Updating and Removing Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Selecting_data_using_JDatabase|Selecting Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Components&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_1:_The_Site_code|Component Tutorial - Part 1 - Site Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_2:_The_Administrator_code|Component Tutorial - Part 2 - Administrator Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component|Developing an MVC Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Introduction|Developing an MVC Component - Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Developing_a_Basic_Component|Developing an MVC Component - Developing a Basic Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Language_Management|Developing an MVC Component - Language Mamagement]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Menu_Type_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Menu Type to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Request_Variable_in_the_Menu_Link|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Request Variable in the Menu Link]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_View_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a View to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Setting_up_the_Database|Developing an MVC Component - Setting up the Database]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Modules&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating a Simple Module| Creating a Simple Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Plugins&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating a Plugin for Joomla| Creating a Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4_CLI_example_-_Onoffbydate| CLI example - Onoffbydate]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Testing&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Automated_System_Testing| Automated System Testing]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/JavaScript_Tests_for_Joomla4| JavaScript Tests]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Miscellaneous&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_4.1_version_history|Joomla 4.1 Version History]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Adding changelog to your manifest file|Adding Changelog to your Manifest File]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:ClientSideEvents|Client Side Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cloud_File_Systems_for_Media_Manager|Cloud File Systems for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla!_Codenames|Joomla Codenames]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_Entities|Joomla Entities]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Dependency_Injection_in_Joomla_4|Dependency Injection]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Namespace_Conventions_In_Joomla|Namespace Conventions In Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating_Multilingual_Associations_Automatically|Creating Multilingual Associations Automatically]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Response_Formats|Response Formats]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Setting_up_Eclipse_PDT_2020_and_Git_for_Pulls|Setting up Eclipse PDT 2020 and Git for Pulls]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Tips_and_Tricks_for_Joomla_4_Developers|Tips and Tricks for Joomla 4 Developers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/weblinks/tree/4.0-dev Weblinks for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/patchtester Patchtester for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Troubleshooting}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Database&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Fix_%22Database_Table_Structure_NOT_Up_to_Date%22_before_Update|Fix &amp;quot;Database Table Structure NOT Up to Date&amp;quot; before update error]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Landing_Pages]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla!_5.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation_Working_Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Update Working Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1015850</id>
		<title>Portal:Joomla 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1015850"/>
		<updated>2023-10-23T09:28:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Add Step By Step Upgrade link&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version=5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Top portal heading|color=white-bkgd|icon=joomla|icon-color=#5091cd|size=4x|text-color=#333|title=Joomla! 5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
18 years after the first version, Joomla! 5 was released on the 17th of October 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Why Use Joomla! 5?&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! 5 is an  Open Source, robust, secure and easy to use Content Management System (CMS) that enables website creators to produce powerful websites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maintaining content, the system and users is made easy by the use of software features that benefit from the skills and experience of a strong community of volunteers that have been maintaining and improving Joomla versions since 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a simple 5 page website to an enterprise solution serving thousands of pages, with its powerful layout overrides, custom fields and flexible modules built right in, your Joomla! website can be built to look and feel just the way you want it to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;What&#039;s new in Joomla! 5?&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Dark Mode in Administrator:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla 5 boasts a more refined dark mode, not just for users but also for administrators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Web Assets and Caching:&#039;&#039;&#039; Many improvements to the web asset caching&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Schema.org Integration:&#039;&#039;&#039; Automatic activation of Schema.org data for organisation and site names enhances search engine optimisation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Code Optimisation:&#039;&#039;&#039; Speed advancements are noticed due to automatic source code optimisation through the phpcs fixer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PHP &amp;amp; Bootstrap Updates:&#039;&#039;&#039; Improved compatibility with PHP 8+ and an update to Bootstrap 5.3.2 ensures that the platform remains contemporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User Interface:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enhancements in dark mode for the Atum administrator template and the new Joomla modal window for select buttons promise a smoother user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tools &amp;amp; Plugins:&#039;&#039;&#039; The TinyMCE editor gets an update to 6.7 with added image alignment features. Several scheduled tasks have been moved to scheduler plugins, enhancing system performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Media Management:&#039;&#039;&#039; AVIF support in the media manager and the ability to exclude archived content from smart search indexing improve media handling capabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu sorting:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allowing you to sort the menu in the way you want it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Enhanced Security:&#039;&#039;&#039; Events have been migrated to their classes, and the removal of no longer functional Recaptcha plugins boosts security.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Modern Technologies:&#039;&#039;&#039; Internal code restructuring focuses on utilising more modern APIs. There&#039;s added JS Import map support for Web Asset Manager and deprecated fixes for php 8.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Extensions &amp;amp; Compatibility:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla 5 introduces Fontawesome 6.4, Codemirror 6, and has updated its Webauthn Library. Notably, Joomla now requires PHP 8.1, MySQL 8.0.13+, MariaDB 10.4+, and PostgreSQL 12+ for optimal performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cleaner Code Base:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla 5 places a strong emphasis on code cleanliness. The transition from older APIs, removal of es5 support, and other heavily coded cleanups ensure the CMS runs efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 5 encapsulates modern requirements for a CMS, promising its users a combination of speed, security, and an intuitive user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! 5 Documentation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This portal brings together information related specifically to Joomla! 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla! 5 shares some of the same features as Joomla! 4 and if you have previously used Joomla! 4 you will find using Joomla! 5 is identical or very similar. Some links on this page will take you to Joomla! 4 documentation as revisions and additions are still underway. However, in such cases, much of the content will still be relevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Getting Started}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Getting_Started_with_Joomla!|Getting Started with Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Setting Up Your Local Environment|Setting up your Local Environment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_4.4.x_to_5.x_Planning_and_Upgrade_Step_by_Step|Joomla 4.4 to 5.x Step by Step Upgrade]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Installing Joomla|Installing Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Logging in to Joomla|Logging into Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Joomla_4_Tutorials_Project|Joomla 4 Tutorials Project]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Joomla_Version_Information|Joomla Version Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Optional_Technical_Requirements|Optional Technical Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Pre-Update_Check|J3.10x to J4.x Pre-Update Check]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Unsupported_PHP_Version|Unsupported PHP Versions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_CLI_Installation|Joomla CLI Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Site Administration}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version={{CurrentSTSVer4|maintenace}}|comment=&#039;&#039;&#039;Stable Version&#039;&#039;&#039;}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Efficiency&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Keyboard_Shortcuts|Keyboard Shortcuts]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Security&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Http_Header_Management|HTTP Header Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/WebAuthn_Passwordless_Login|WebAuthn Passwordless Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Updates&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:CLI_Update|CLI Update]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Update_from_4.0.1_to_4.0.2|Update from 4.0.1 to 4.0.2]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Upgrades_to_Joomla_4.0.2_fail_with_an_AJAX_error_message|Upgrades to Joomla 4.0.2 fail with an AJAX error message]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Updating_from_an_existing_version|Updating from an existing version]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;User Management&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/How_do_you_recover_or_reset_your_admin_password%3F|Recover / Reset Admin Password]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Users_List_and_Details_Views|Users List and Details Views]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Privacy&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Privacy|Privacy Tool Suite]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Navigation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Components_Dashboard|The Components Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Content_Dashboard|The Content Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:System_Dashboard|The System Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Accessibility&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://joomla-projects.github.io/joomla-a11y-checker/  JOOA11Y - The Joomla Accessibility Checker]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Articles&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding a New Article|Adding a New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Deleting an Article|Deleting an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Restricting_access_to_an_Article|Restricting access to an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Scheduling_the_publication_of_an_article|Scheduling the Publication of an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Archive_an_Article|How to Archive an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Categories&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Create and Manage Article Categories|Create and Manage Article Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Fields and Fields Groups&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Fields_and_Field_Groups|Working with Fields and Field Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Media&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Managing_Media|Managing Media]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Upload_Delete_Rename|Upload Delete Rename]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Image_Crop_Resize_Rotate|Image Crop Resize Rotate]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Options|Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adaptive_Images_for_Media_Manager|Adaptive Images for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Workflow&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow/Scenarios|Workflow Scenarios]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Menus}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Menu_Dashboard|Menu Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding_a_New_Menu|Adding a New Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding a menu link in an article|Adding a Menu Link within an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding_a_Custom_Administrator_Menu|Adding a Custom Administrator Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Create_a_Menu_Item_to_View_Archived_Articles|How to Create a Menu Item to View Archived Articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Modules}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Administrator_Modules|Administrator Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Site_Modules|Site Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Show_a_Calendar_Month_List_of_Archived_Articles_Using_a_Module|How to Show a Calendar Month List of Archived Articles Using a Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Components}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_To_Use_Content_Tags_in_Joomla|How To Use Content Tags in Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Plugins and Extensions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Joomla 4 &#039;&#039;Extensions; Install&#039;&#039; page has an &#039;&#039;&#039;Install from Web&#039;&#039;&#039; option. By default it lists the extensions available in the official Joomla! Extensions Directory for your current version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively you can go to: [https://extensions.joomla.org/ Joomla! Extensions Directory]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Templates}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Changed parameters for template providers|Changed Parameters for Template Providers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:SCSS_and_Sass|SCSS and SASS]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Using_Bootstrap_Components_in_Joomla_4|Using Bootstrap Components]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Module_Position|Understanding Module Positions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! Template Cassiopeia&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Folders_and_Files|Cassiopeia Template Folders and Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Customisation|Cassiopeia Template Customisation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Simplified_-_A_Case_Study|Cassiopeia Template Simplified - A Case Study]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://magazine.joomla.org/all-issues/february-2022/joomla-4-cassiopeia-template-a-bunch-of-tips-tricks Community Magazine: Cassiopeia Template - Tips and Tricks]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Development}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;API&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding an API to a Joomla Component|Adding an API to a Joomla Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_Api_Specification|Joomla API Specification]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_Core_APIs|Joomla Core APIs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Assets&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Web_Assets|Web Assets]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;CLI&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Writing_A_CLI_Application|Writing A CLI Application]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:CLI_Database_Exporter_Importer|CLI Database Exporter / Importer]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Task_Scheduler|Task Scheduler]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Data&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Inserting_Updating_and_Removing_data_using_JDatabase|Inserting, Updating and Removing Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Selecting_data_using_JDatabase|Selecting Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Components&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_1:_The_Site_code|Component Tutorial - Part 1 - Site Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_2:_The_Administrator_code|Component Tutorial - Part 2 - Administrator Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component|Developing an MVC Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Introduction|Developing an MVC Component - Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Developing_a_Basic_Component|Developing an MVC Component - Developing a Basic Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Language_Management|Developing an MVC Component - Language Mamagement]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Menu_Type_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Menu Type to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Request_Variable_in_the_Menu_Link|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Request Variable in the Menu Link]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_View_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a View to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Setting_up_the_Database|Developing an MVC Component - Setting up the Database]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Modules&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating a Simple Module| Creating a Simple Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Plugins&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating a Plugin for Joomla| Creating a Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4_CLI_example_-_Onoffbydate| CLI example - Onoffbydate]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Testing&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Automated_System_Testing| Automated System Testing]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/JavaScript_Tests_for_Joomla4| JavaScript Tests]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Miscellaneous&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_4.1_version_history|Joomla 4.1 Version History]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Joomla_3.10_Backports| Joomla 3.10 Backports]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Adding changelog to your manifest file|Adding Changelog to your Manifest File]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:ClientSideEvents|Client Side Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cloud_File_Systems_for_Media_Manager|Cloud File Systems for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla!_Codenames|Joomla Codenames]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_Entities|Joomla Entities]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Dependency_Injection_in_Joomla_4|Dependency Injection]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Namespace_Conventions_In_Joomla|Namespace Conventions In Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating_Multilingual_Associations_Automatically|Creating Multilingual Associations Automatically]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Response_Formats|Response Formats]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Setting_up_Eclipse_PDT_2020_and_Git_for_Pulls|Setting up Eclipse PDT 2020 and Git for Pulls]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Tips_and_Tricks_for_Joomla_4_Developers|Tips and Tricks for Joomla 4 Developers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/weblinks/tree/4.0-dev Weblinks for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/patchtester Patchtester for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Troubleshooting}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Database&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Fix_%22Database_Table_Structure_NOT_Up_to_Date%22_before_Update|Fix &amp;quot;Database Table Structure NOT Up to Date&amp;quot; before update error]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Landing_Pages]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla!_5.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation_Working_Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Update Working Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1015849</id>
		<title>Portal:Joomla 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1015849"/>
		<updated>2023-10-23T08:59:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version=5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Top portal heading|color=white-bkgd|icon=joomla|icon-color=#5091cd|size=4x|text-color=#333|title=Joomla! 5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
18 years after the first version, Joomla! 5 was released on the 17th of October 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Why Use Joomla! 5?&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! 5 is an  Open Source, robust, secure and easy to use Content Management System (CMS) that enables website creators to produce powerful websites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maintaining content, the system and users is made easy by the use of software features that benefit from the skills and experience of a strong community of volunteers that have been maintaining and improving Joomla versions since 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a simple 5 page website to an enterprise solution serving thousands of pages, with its powerful layout overrides, custom fields and flexible modules built right in, your Joomla! website can be built to look and feel just the way you want it to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;What&#039;s new in Joomla! 5?&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Dark Mode in Administrator:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla 5 boasts a more refined dark mode, not just for users but also for administrators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Web Assets and Caching:&#039;&#039;&#039; Many improvements to the web asset caching&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Schema.org Integration:&#039;&#039;&#039; Automatic activation of Schema.org data for organisation and site names enhances search engine optimisation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Code Optimisation:&#039;&#039;&#039; Speed advancements are noticed due to automatic source code optimisation through the phpcs fixer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PHP &amp;amp; Bootstrap Updates:&#039;&#039;&#039; Improved compatibility with PHP 8+ and an update to Bootstrap 5.3.2 ensures that the platform remains contemporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User Interface:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enhancements in dark mode for the Atum administrator template and the new Joomla modal window for select buttons promise a smoother user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tools &amp;amp; Plugins:&#039;&#039;&#039; The TinyMCE editor gets an update to 6.7 with added image alignment features. Several scheduled tasks have been moved to scheduler plugins, enhancing system performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Media Management:&#039;&#039;&#039; AVIF support in the media manager and the ability to exclude archived content from smart search indexing improve media handling capabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu sorting:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allowing you to sort the menu in the way you want it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Enhanced Security:&#039;&#039;&#039; Events have been migrated to their classes, and the removal of no longer functional Recaptcha plugins boosts security.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Modern Technologies:&#039;&#039;&#039; Internal code restructuring focuses on utilising more modern APIs. There&#039;s added JS Import map support for Web Asset Manager and deprecated fixes for php 8.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Extensions &amp;amp; Compatibility:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla 5 introduces Fontawesome 6.4, Codemirror 6, and has updated its Webauthn Library. Notably, Joomla now requires PHP 8.1, MySQL 8.0.13+, MariaDB 10.4+, and PostgreSQL 12+ for optimal performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cleaner Code Base:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla 5 places a strong emphasis on code cleanliness. The transition from older APIs, removal of es5 support, and other heavily coded cleanups ensure the CMS runs efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 5 encapsulates modern requirements for a CMS, promising its users a combination of speed, security, and an intuitive user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! 5 Documentation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This portal brings together information related specifically to Joomla! 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla! 5 shares some of the same features as Joomla! 4 and if you have previously used Joomla! 4 you will find using Joomla! 5 is identical or very similar. Some links on this page will take you to Joomla! 4 documentation as revisions and additions are still underway. However, in such cases, much of the content will still be relevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Getting Started}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Getting_Started_with_Joomla!|Getting Started with Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Setting Up Your Local Environment|Setting up your Local Environment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Potential backward compatibility issues in Joomla 4|Potential Backwards Compatibilty]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla 3.x to 4.x Step by Step Migration|Joomla 3.x to 4.x Step by Step Migration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Installing Joomla|Installing Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Logging in to Joomla|Logging into Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Joomla_4_Tutorials_Project|Joomla 4 Tutorials Project]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Joomla_Version_Information|Joomla Version Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Optional_Technical_Requirements|Optional Technical Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Pre-Update_Check|J3.10x to J4.x Pre-Update Check]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Unsupported_PHP_Version|Unsupported PHP Versions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_CLI_Installation|Joomla CLI Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Site Administration}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version={{CurrentSTSVer4|maintenace}}|comment=&#039;&#039;&#039;Stable Version&#039;&#039;&#039;}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Efficiency&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Keyboard_Shortcuts|Keyboard Shortcuts]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Security&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Http_Header_Management|HTTP Header Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/WebAuthn_Passwordless_Login|WebAuthn Passwordless Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Updates&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:CLI_Update|CLI Update]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Update_from_4.0.1_to_4.0.2|Update from 4.0.1 to 4.0.2]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Upgrades_to_Joomla_4.0.2_fail_with_an_AJAX_error_message|Upgrades to Joomla 4.0.2 fail with an AJAX error message]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Updating_from_an_existing_version|Updating from an existing version]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;User Management&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/How_do_you_recover_or_reset_your_admin_password%3F|Recover / Reset Admin Password]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Users_List_and_Details_Views|Users List and Details Views]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Privacy&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Privacy|Privacy Tool Suite]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Navigation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Components_Dashboard|The Components Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Content_Dashboard|The Content Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:System_Dashboard|The System Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Accessibility&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://joomla-projects.github.io/joomla-a11y-checker/  JOOA11Y - The Joomla Accessibility Checker]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Articles&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding a New Article|Adding a New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Deleting an Article|Deleting an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Restricting_access_to_an_Article|Restricting access to an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Scheduling_the_publication_of_an_article|Scheduling the Publication of an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Archive_an_Article|How to Archive an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Categories&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Create and Manage Article Categories|Create and Manage Article Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Fields and Fields Groups&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Fields_and_Field_Groups|Working with Fields and Field Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Media&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Managing_Media|Managing Media]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Upload_Delete_Rename|Upload Delete Rename]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Image_Crop_Resize_Rotate|Image Crop Resize Rotate]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Options|Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adaptive_Images_for_Media_Manager|Adaptive Images for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Workflow&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow/Scenarios|Workflow Scenarios]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Menus}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Menu_Dashboard|Menu Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding_a_New_Menu|Adding a New Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding a menu link in an article|Adding a Menu Link within an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding_a_Custom_Administrator_Menu|Adding a Custom Administrator Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Create_a_Menu_Item_to_View_Archived_Articles|How to Create a Menu Item to View Archived Articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Modules}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Administrator_Modules|Administrator Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Site_Modules|Site Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Show_a_Calendar_Month_List_of_Archived_Articles_Using_a_Module|How to Show a Calendar Month List of Archived Articles Using a Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Components}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_To_Use_Content_Tags_in_Joomla|How To Use Content Tags in Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Plugins and Extensions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Joomla 4 &#039;&#039;Extensions; Install&#039;&#039; page has an &#039;&#039;&#039;Install from Web&#039;&#039;&#039; option. By default it lists the extensions available in the official Joomla! Extensions Directory for your current version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively you can go to: [https://extensions.joomla.org/ Joomla! Extensions Directory]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Templates}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Changed parameters for template providers|Changed Parameters for Template Providers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:SCSS_and_Sass|SCSS and SASS]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Using_Bootstrap_Components_in_Joomla_4|Using Bootstrap Components]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Module_Position|Understanding Module Positions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! Template Cassiopeia&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Folders_and_Files|Cassiopeia Template Folders and Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Customisation|Cassiopeia Template Customisation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Simplified_-_A_Case_Study|Cassiopeia Template Simplified - A Case Study]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://magazine.joomla.org/all-issues/february-2022/joomla-4-cassiopeia-template-a-bunch-of-tips-tricks Community Magazine: Cassiopeia Template - Tips and Tricks]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Development}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;API&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding an API to a Joomla Component|Adding an API to a Joomla Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_Api_Specification|Joomla API Specification]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_Core_APIs|Joomla Core APIs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Assets&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Web_Assets|Web Assets]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;CLI&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Writing_A_CLI_Application|Writing A CLI Application]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:CLI_Database_Exporter_Importer|CLI Database Exporter / Importer]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Task_Scheduler|Task Scheduler]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Data&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Inserting_Updating_and_Removing_data_using_JDatabase|Inserting, Updating and Removing Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Selecting_data_using_JDatabase|Selecting Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Components&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_1:_The_Site_code|Component Tutorial - Part 1 - Site Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_2:_The_Administrator_code|Component Tutorial - Part 2 - Administrator Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component|Developing an MVC Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Introduction|Developing an MVC Component - Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Developing_a_Basic_Component|Developing an MVC Component - Developing a Basic Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Language_Management|Developing an MVC Component - Language Mamagement]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Menu_Type_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Menu Type to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Request_Variable_in_the_Menu_Link|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Request Variable in the Menu Link]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_View_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a View to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Setting_up_the_Database|Developing an MVC Component - Setting up the Database]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Modules&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating a Simple Module| Creating a Simple Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Plugins&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating a Plugin for Joomla| Creating a Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4_CLI_example_-_Onoffbydate| CLI example - Onoffbydate]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Testing&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Automated_System_Testing| Automated System Testing]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/JavaScript_Tests_for_Joomla4| JavaScript Tests]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Miscellaneous&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_4.1_version_history|Joomla 4.1 Version History]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Joomla_3.10_Backports| Joomla 3.10 Backports]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Adding changelog to your manifest file|Adding Changelog to your Manifest File]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:ClientSideEvents|Client Side Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cloud_File_Systems_for_Media_Manager|Cloud File Systems for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla!_Codenames|Joomla Codenames]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_Entities|Joomla Entities]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Dependency_Injection_in_Joomla_4|Dependency Injection]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Namespace_Conventions_In_Joomla|Namespace Conventions In Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating_Multilingual_Associations_Automatically|Creating Multilingual Associations Automatically]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Response_Formats|Response Formats]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Setting_up_Eclipse_PDT_2020_and_Git_for_Pulls|Setting up Eclipse PDT 2020 and Git for Pulls]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Tips_and_Tricks_for_Joomla_4_Developers|Tips and Tricks for Joomla 4 Developers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/weblinks/tree/4.0-dev Weblinks for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/patchtester Patchtester for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Troubleshooting}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Database&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Fix_%22Database_Table_Structure_NOT_Up_to_Date%22_before_Update|Fix &amp;quot;Database Table Structure NOT Up to Date&amp;quot; before update error]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Landing_Pages]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla!_5.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation_Working_Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Update Working Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1015848</id>
		<title>Portal:Joomla 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1015848"/>
		<updated>2023-10-23T08:57:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Remove coming soon notice and add what&amp;#039;s new section&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version=5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Top portal heading|color=white-bkgd|icon=joomla|icon-color=#5091cd|size=4x|text-color=#333|title=Joomla! 5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
18 years after the first version, Joomla! 5 was released on the 17th of October 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Why Use Joomla! 5?&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! 5 is an  Open Source, robust, secure and easy to use Content Management System (CMS) that enables website creators to produce powerful websites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maintaining content, the system and users is made easy by the use of software features that benefit from the skills and experience of a strong community of volunteers that have been maintaining and improving Joomla versions since 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a simple 5 page website to an enterprise solution serving thousands of pages, with its powerful layout overrides, custom fields and flexible modules built right in, your Joomla! website can be built to look and feel just the way you want it to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;What&#039;s new in Joomla! 5?&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Dark Mode in Administrator:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla 5 boasts a more refined dark mode, not just for users but also for administrators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Web Assets and Caching:&#039;&#039;&#039; Many improvements to the web asset caching&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Schema.org Integration:&#039;&#039;&#039; Automatic activation of Schema.org data for organisation and site names enhances search engine optimisation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Code Optimisation:&#039;&#039;&#039; Speed advancements are noticed due to automatic source code optimisation through the phpcs fixer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PHP &amp;amp; Bootstrap Updates:&#039;&#039;&#039; Improved compatibility with PHP 8+ and an update to Bootstrap 5.3.2 ensures that the platform remains contemporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User Interface:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enhancements in dark mode for the Atum administrator template and the new Joomla modal window for select buttons promise a smoother user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tools &amp;amp; Plugins:&#039;&#039;&#039; The TinyMCE editor gets an update to 6.7 with added image alignment features. Several scheduled tasks have been moved to scheduler plugins, enhancing system performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Media Management:&#039;&#039;&#039; AVIF support in the media manager and the ability to exclude archived content from smart search indexing improve media handling capabilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu sorting:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allowing you to sort the menu in the way you want it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Enhanced Security:&#039;&#039;&#039; Events have been migrated to their classes, and the removal of no longer functional Recaptcha plugins boosts security.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Modern Technologies:&#039;&#039;&#039; Internal code restructuring focuses on utilising more modern APIs. There&#039;s added JS Import map support for Web Asset Manager and deprecated fixes for php 8.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Extensions &amp;amp; Compatibility:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla 5 introduces Fontawesome 6.4, Codemirror 6, and has updated its Webauthn Library. Notably, Joomla now requires PHP 8.1, MySQL 8.0.13+, MariaDB 10.4+, and PostgreSQL 12+ for optimal performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cleaner Code Base:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla 5 places a strong emphasis on code cleanliness. The transition from older APIs, removal of es5 support, and other heavily coded cleanups ensure the CMS runs efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla 5 encapsulates modern requirements for a CMS, promising its users a combination of speed, security, and an intuitive user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! 5 Documentation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This portal brings together information related specifically to Joomla! 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla! 5 shares some of the same features as Joomla! 4 and if you have previously used Joomla! 4 you will find using Joomla! 5 is identical or very similar. Some links on this page will take you to Joomla! 4 documentation as revisions and additions are still underway. However, in such cases, much of the content will still be relevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Getting Started}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Getting_Started_with_Joomla!|Getting Started with Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Setting Up Your Local Environment|Setting up your Local Environment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Potential backward compatibility issues in Joomla 4|Potential Backwards Compatibilty]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla 3.x to 4.x Step by Step Migration|Joomla 3.x to 4.x Step by Step Migration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Installing Joomla|nstalling Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Logging in to Joomla|Logging into Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Joomla_4_Tutorials_Project|Joomla 4 Tutorials Project]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Joomla_Version_Information|Joomla Version Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Optional_Technical_Requirements|Optional Technical Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Pre-Update_Check|J3.10x to J4.x Pre-Update Check]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Unsupported_PHP_Version|Unsupported PHP Versions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_CLI_Installation|Joomla CLI Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Site Administration}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version={{CurrentSTSVer4|maintenace}}|comment=&#039;&#039;&#039;Stable Version&#039;&#039;&#039;}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Efficiency&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Keyboard_Shortcuts|Keyboard Shortcuts]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Security&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Http_Header_Management|HTTP Header Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/WebAuthn_Passwordless_Login|WebAuthn Passwordless Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Updates&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:CLI_Update|CLI Update]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Update_from_4.0.1_to_4.0.2|Update from 4.0.1 to 4.0.2]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Upgrades_to_Joomla_4.0.2_fail_with_an_AJAX_error_message|Upgrades to Joomla 4.0.2 fail with an AJAX error message]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Updating_from_an_existing_version|Updating from an existing version]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;User Management&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/How_do_you_recover_or_reset_your_admin_password%3F|Recover / Reset Admin Password]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Users_List_and_Details_Views|Users List and Details Views]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Privacy&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Privacy|Privacy Tool Suite]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Navigation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Components_Dashboard|The Components Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Content_Dashboard|The Content Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:System_Dashboard|The System Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Accessibility&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://joomla-projects.github.io/joomla-a11y-checker/  JOOA11Y - The Joomla Accessibility Checker]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Articles&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding a New Article|Adding a New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Deleting an Article|Deleting an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Restricting_access_to_an_Article|Restricting access to an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Scheduling_the_publication_of_an_article|Scheduling the Publication of an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Archive_an_Article|How to Archive an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Categories&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Create and Manage Article Categories|Create and Manage Article Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Fields and Fields Groups&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Fields_and_Field_Groups|Working with Fields and Field Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Media&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Managing_Media|Managing Media]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Upload_Delete_Rename|Upload Delete Rename]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Image_Crop_Resize_Rotate|Image Crop Resize Rotate]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Options|Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adaptive_Images_for_Media_Manager|Adaptive Images for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Workflow&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow/Scenarios|Workflow Scenarios]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Menus}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Menu_Dashboard|Menu Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding_a_New_Menu|Adding a New Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding a menu link in an article|Adding a Menu Link within an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding_a_Custom_Administrator_Menu|Adding a Custom Administrator Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Create_a_Menu_Item_to_View_Archived_Articles|How to Create a Menu Item to View Archived Articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Modules}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Administrator_Modules|Administrator Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Site_Modules|Site Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Show_a_Calendar_Month_List_of_Archived_Articles_Using_a_Module|How to Show a Calendar Month List of Archived Articles Using a Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Components}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_To_Use_Content_Tags_in_Joomla|How To Use Content Tags in Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Plugins and Extensions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Joomla 4 &#039;&#039;Extensions; Install&#039;&#039; page has an &#039;&#039;&#039;Install from Web&#039;&#039;&#039; option. By default it lists the extensions available in the official Joomla! Extensions Directory for your current version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively you can go to: [https://extensions.joomla.org/ Joomla! Extensions Directory]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Templates}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Changed parameters for template providers|Changed Parameters for Template Providers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:SCSS_and_Sass|SCSS and SASS]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Using_Bootstrap_Components_in_Joomla_4|Using Bootstrap Components]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Module_Position|Understanding Module Positions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! Template Cassiopeia&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Folders_and_Files|Cassiopeia Template Folders and Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Customisation|Cassiopeia Template Customisation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Simplified_-_A_Case_Study|Cassiopeia Template Simplified - A Case Study]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://magazine.joomla.org/all-issues/february-2022/joomla-4-cassiopeia-template-a-bunch-of-tips-tricks Community Magazine: Cassiopeia Template - Tips and Tricks]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Development}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;API&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding an API to a Joomla Component|Adding an API to a Joomla Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_Api_Specification|Joomla API Specification]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_Core_APIs|Joomla Core APIs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Assets&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Web_Assets|Web Assets]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;CLI&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Writing_A_CLI_Application|Writing A CLI Application]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:CLI_Database_Exporter_Importer|CLI Database Exporter / Importer]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Task_Scheduler|Task Scheduler]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Data&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Inserting_Updating_and_Removing_data_using_JDatabase|Inserting, Updating and Removing Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Selecting_data_using_JDatabase|Selecting Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Components&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_1:_The_Site_code|Component Tutorial - Part 1 - Site Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_2:_The_Administrator_code|Component Tutorial - Part 2 - Administrator Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component|Developing an MVC Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Introduction|Developing an MVC Component - Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Developing_a_Basic_Component|Developing an MVC Component - Developing a Basic Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Language_Management|Developing an MVC Component - Language Mamagement]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Menu_Type_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Menu Type to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Request_Variable_in_the_Menu_Link|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Request Variable in the Menu Link]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_View_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a View to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Setting_up_the_Database|Developing an MVC Component - Setting up the Database]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Modules&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating a Simple Module| Creating a Simple Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Plugins&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating a Plugin for Joomla| Creating a Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4_CLI_example_-_Onoffbydate| CLI example - Onoffbydate]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Testing&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Automated_System_Testing| Automated System Testing]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/JavaScript_Tests_for_Joomla4| JavaScript Tests]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Miscellaneous&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_4.1_version_history|Joomla 4.1 Version History]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Joomla_3.10_Backports| Joomla 3.10 Backports]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Adding changelog to your manifest file|Adding Changelog to your Manifest File]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:ClientSideEvents|Client Side Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cloud_File_Systems_for_Media_Manager|Cloud File Systems for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla!_Codenames|Joomla Codenames]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_Entities|Joomla Entities]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Dependency_Injection_in_Joomla_4|Dependency Injection]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Namespace_Conventions_In_Joomla|Namespace Conventions In Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating_Multilingual_Associations_Automatically|Creating Multilingual Associations Automatically]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Response_Formats|Response Formats]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Setting_up_Eclipse_PDT_2020_and_Git_for_Pulls|Setting up Eclipse PDT 2020 and Git for Pulls]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Tips_and_Tricks_for_Joomla_4_Developers|Tips and Tricks for Joomla 4 Developers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/weblinks/tree/4.0-dev Weblinks for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/patchtester Patchtester for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Troubleshooting}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Database&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Fix_%22Database_Table_Structure_NOT_Up_to_Date%22_before_Update|Fix &amp;quot;Database Table Structure NOT Up to Date&amp;quot; before update error]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Landing_Pages]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla!_5.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation_Working_Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Update Working Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1010364</id>
		<title>Portal:Joomla 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1010364"/>
		<updated>2023-08-06T09:04:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version=5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Top portal heading|color=white-bkgd|icon=joomla|icon-color=#5091cd|size=4x|text-color=#333|title=Joomla! 5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{underconstruction}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Joomla! 5 is coming soon!===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
18 years after the first version, Joomla! 5 is planned for release in October 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Why Use Joomla! 5?&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! 5 is an  Open Source, robust, secure and easy to use Content Management System (CMS) that enables website creators to produce powerful websites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maintaining content, the system and users is made easy by the use of software features that benefit from the skills and experience of a strong community of volunteers that have been maintaining and improving Joomla versions since 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a simple 5 page website to an enterprise solution serving thousands of pages, with its powerful layout overrides, custom fields and flexible modules built right in, your Joomla! website can be built to look and feel just the way you want it to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Why Use Joomla! 5?&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! 5 is an  Open Source, robust, secure and easy to use Content Management System (CMS) that enables website creators to produce powerful websites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maintaining content, the system and users is made easy by the use of software features that benefit from the skills and experience of a strong community of volunteers that have been maintaining and improving Joomla versions since 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a simple 5 page website to an enterprise solution serving thousands of pages, with its powerful layout overrides, custom fields and flexible modules built right in, your Joomla website can be built to look and feel just the way you want it to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! 5 Documentation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This portal brings together information related specifically to Joomla! 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; Some links will take you to Joomla! 4 documentation whilst this page is under construction. However, in such cases, much of the content will still be relevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Getting Started}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Getting_Started_with_Joomla!|Getting Started with Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Setting Up Your Local Environment|Setting up your Local Environment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Potential backward compatibility issues in Joomla 4|Potential Backwards Compatibilty]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla 3.x to 4.x Step by Step Migration|Joomla 3.x to 4.x Step by Step Migration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Installing Joomla|nstalling Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Logging in to Joomla|Logging into Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Joomla_4_Tutorials_Project|Joomla 4 Tutorials Project]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Joomla_Version_Information|Joomla Version Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Optional_Technical_Requirements|Optional Technical Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Pre-Update_Check|J3.10x to J4.x Pre-Update Check]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Unsupported_PHP_Version|Unsupported PHP Versions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_CLI_Installation|Joomla CLI Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Site Administration}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version={{CurrentSTSVer4|maintenace}}|comment=&#039;&#039;&#039;Stable Version&#039;&#039;&#039;}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Efficiency&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Keyboard_Shortcuts|Keyboard Shortcuts]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Security&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Http_Header_Management|HTTP Header Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/WebAuthn_Passwordless_Login|WebAuthn Passwordless Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Updates&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:CLI_Update|CLI Update]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Update_from_4.0.1_to_4.0.2|Update from 4.0.1 to 4.0.2]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Upgrades_to_Joomla_4.0.2_fail_with_an_AJAX_error_message|Upgrades to Joomla 4.0.2 fail with an AJAX error message]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Updating_from_an_existing_version|Updating from an existing version]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;User Management&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/How_do_you_recover_or_reset_your_admin_password%3F|Recover / Reset Admin Password]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Users_List_and_Details_Views|Users List and Details Views]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Privacy&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Privacy|Privacy Tool Suite]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Navigation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Components_Dashboard|The Components Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Content_Dashboard|The Content Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:System_Dashboard|The System Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Accessibility&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://joomla-projects.github.io/joomla-a11y-checker/  JOOA11Y - The Joomla Accessibility Checker]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Articles&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding a New Article|Adding a New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Deleting an Article|Deleting an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Restricting_access_to_an_Article|Restricting access to an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Scheduling_the_publication_of_an_article|Scheduling the Publication of an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Archive_an_Article|How to Archive an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Categories&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Create and Manage Article Categories|Create and Manage Article Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Fields and Fields Groups&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Fields_and_Field_Groups|Working with Fields and Field Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Media&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Managing_Media|Managing Media]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Upload_Delete_Rename|Upload Delete Rename]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Image_Crop_Resize_Rotate|Image Crop Resize Rotate]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Options|Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adaptive_Images_for_Media_Manager|Adaptive Images for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Workflow&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow/Scenarios|Workflow Scenarios]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Menus}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Menu_Dashboard|Menu Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding_a_New_Menu|Adding a New Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding a menu link in an article|Adding a Menu Link within an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding_a_Custom_Administrator_Menu|Adding a Custom Administrator Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Create_a_Menu_Item_to_View_Archived_Articles|How to Create a Menu Item to View Archived Articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Modules}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Administrator_Modules|Administrator Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Site_Modules|Site Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Show_a_Calendar_Month_List_of_Archived_Articles_Using_a_Module|How to Show a Calendar Month List of Archived Articles Using a Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Components}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_To_Use_Content_Tags_in_Joomla|How To Use Content Tags in Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Plugins and Extensions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Joomla 4 &#039;&#039;Extensions; Install&#039;&#039; page has an &#039;&#039;&#039;Install from Web&#039;&#039;&#039; option. By default it lists the extensions available in the official Joomla! Extensions Directory for your current version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively you can go to: [https://extensions.joomla.org/ Joomla! Extensions Directory]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Templates}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Changed parameters for template providers|Changed Parameters for Template Providers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:SCSS_and_Sass|SCSS and SASS]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Using_Bootstrap_Components_in_Joomla_4|Using Bootstrap Components]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Module_Position|Understanding Module Positions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! Template Cassiopeia&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Folders_and_Files|Cassiopeia Template Folders and Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Customisation|Cassiopeia Template Customisation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Simplified_-_A_Case_Study|Cassiopeia Template Simplified - A Case Study]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://magazine.joomla.org/all-issues/february-2022/joomla-4-cassiopeia-template-a-bunch-of-tips-tricks Community Magazine: Cassiopeia Template - Tips and Tricks]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Development}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;API&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding an API to a Joomla Component|Adding an API to a Joomla Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_Api_Specification|Joomla API Specification]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_Core_APIs|Joomla Core APIs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Assets&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Web_Assets|Web Assets]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;CLI&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Writing_A_CLI_Application|Writing A CLI Application]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:CLI_Database_Exporter_Importer|CLI Database Exporter / Importer]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Task_Scheduler|Task Scheduler]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Data&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Inserting_Updating_and_Removing_data_using_JDatabase|Inserting, Updating and Removing Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Selecting_data_using_JDatabase|Selecting Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Components&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_1:_The_Site_code|Component Tutorial - Part 1 - Site Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_2:_The_Administrator_code|Component Tutorial - Part 2 - Administrator Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component|Developing an MVC Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Introduction|Developing an MVC Component - Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Developing_a_Basic_Component|Developing an MVC Component - Developing a Basic Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Language_Management|Developing an MVC Component - Language Mamagement]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Menu_Type_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Menu Type to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Request_Variable_in_the_Menu_Link|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Request Variable in the Menu Link]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_View_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a View to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Setting_up_the_Database|Developing an MVC Component - Setting up the Database]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Modules&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating a Simple Module| Creating a Simple Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Plugins&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating a Plugin for Joomla| Creating a Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4_CLI_example_-_Onoffbydate| CLI example - Onoffbydate]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Testing&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Automated_System_Testing| Automated System Testing]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/JavaScript_Tests_for_Joomla4| JavaScript Tests]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Miscellaneous&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_4.1_version_history|Joomla 4.1 Version History]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Joomla_3.10_Backports| Joomla 3.10 Backports]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Adding changelog to your manifest file|Adding Changelog to your Manifest File]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:ClientSideEvents|Client Side Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cloud_File_Systems_for_Media_Manager|Cloud File Systems for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla!_Codenames|Joomla Codenames]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_Entities|Joomla Entities]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Dependency_Injection_in_Joomla_4|Dependency Injection]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Namespace_Conventions_In_Joomla|Namespace Conventions In Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating_Multilingual_Associations_Automatically|Creating Multilingual Associations Automatically]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Response_Formats|Response Formats]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Setting_up_Eclipse_PDT_2020_and_Git_for_Pulls|Setting up Eclipse PDT 2020 and Git for Pulls]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Tips_and_Tricks_for_Joomla_4_Developers|Tips and Tricks for Joomla 4 Developers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/weblinks/tree/4.0-dev Weblinks for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/patchtester Patchtester for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Troubleshooting}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Database&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Fix_%22Database_Table_Structure_NOT_Up_to_Date%22_before_Update|Fix &amp;quot;Database Table Structure NOT Up to Date&amp;quot; before update error]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Landing_Pages]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla!_5.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation_Working_Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Update Working Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1010363</id>
		<title>Portal:Joomla 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1010363"/>
		<updated>2023-08-06T08:33:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version=5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Top portal heading|color=white-bkgd|icon=joomla|icon-color=#5091cd|size=4x|text-color=#333|title=Joomla! 5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{underconstruction}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Joomla! 5 is coming soon!===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
18 years after the first version, Joomla! 5 is planned for release in October 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Why Use Joomla! 5?&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! 5 is an  Open Source, robust, secure and easy to use Content Management System (CMS) that enables website creators to produce powerful websites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maintaining content, the system and users is made easy by the use of software features that benefit from the skills and experience of a strong community of volunteers that have been maintaining and improving Joomla versions since 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a simple 5 page website to an enterprise solution serving thousands of pages, with its powerful layout overrides, custom fields and flexible modules built right in, your Joomla! website can be built to look and feel just the way you want it to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Why Use Joomla! 5?&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! 5 is an  Open Source, robust, secure and easy to use Content Management System (CMS) that enables website creators to produce powerful websites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maintaining content, the system and users is made easy by the use of software features that benefit from the skills and experience of a strong community of volunteers that have been maintaining and improving Joomla versions since 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a simple 5 page website to an enterprise solution serving thousands of pages, with its powerful layout overrides, custom fields and flexible modules built right in, your Joomla website can be built to look and feel just the way you want it to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! 5 Documentation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This portal brings together information related specifically to Joomla! 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE NOTE: Some links will take you to Joomla! 4 documentation whilst this page is under construction.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Getting Started}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Getting_Started_with_Joomla!|Getting Started with Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Setting Up Your Local Environment|Setting up your Local Environment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Potential backward compatibility issues in Joomla 4|Potential Backwards Compatibilty]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla 3.x to 4.x Step by Step Migration|Joomla 3.x to 4.x Step by Step Migration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Installing Joomla|nstalling Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Logging in to Joomla|Logging into Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Joomla_4_Tutorials_Project|Joomla 4 Tutorials Project]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Joomla_Version_Information|Joomla Version Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Optional_Technical_Requirements|Optional Technical Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Pre-Update_Check|J3.10x to J4.x Pre-Update Check]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Unsupported_PHP_Version|Unsupported PHP Versions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_CLI_Installation|Joomla CLI Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Site Administration}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version={{CurrentSTSVer4|maintenace}}|comment=&#039;&#039;&#039;Stable Version&#039;&#039;&#039;}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Efficiency&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Keyboard_Shortcuts|Keyboard Shortcuts]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Security&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Http_Header_Management|HTTP Header Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/WebAuthn_Passwordless_Login|WebAuthn Passwordless Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Updates&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:CLI_Update|CLI Update]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Update_from_4.0.1_to_4.0.2|Update from 4.0.1 to 4.0.2]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Upgrades_to_Joomla_4.0.2_fail_with_an_AJAX_error_message|Upgrades to Joomla 4.0.2 fail with an AJAX error message]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Updating_from_an_existing_version|Updating from an existing version]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;User Management&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/How_do_you_recover_or_reset_your_admin_password%3F|Recover / Reset Admin Password]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Users_List_and_Details_Views|Users List and Details Views]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Privacy&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Privacy|Privacy Tool Suite]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Navigation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Components_Dashboard|The Components Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Content_Dashboard|The Content Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:System_Dashboard|The System Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Accessibility&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://joomla-projects.github.io/joomla-a11y-checker/  JOOA11Y - The Joomla Accessibility Checker]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Articles&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding a New Article|Adding a New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Deleting an Article|Deleting an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Restricting_access_to_an_Article|Restricting access to an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Scheduling_the_publication_of_an_article|Scheduling the Publication of an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Archive_an_Article|How to Archive an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Categories&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Create and Manage Article Categories|Create and Manage Article Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Fields and Fields Groups&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Fields_and_Field_Groups|Working with Fields and Field Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Media&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Managing_Media|Managing Media]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Upload_Delete_Rename|Upload Delete Rename]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Image_Crop_Resize_Rotate|Image Crop Resize Rotate]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Options|Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adaptive_Images_for_Media_Manager|Adaptive Images for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Workflow&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow/Scenarios|Workflow Scenarios]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Menus}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Menu_Dashboard|Menu Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding_a_New_Menu|Adding a New Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding a menu link in an article|Adding a Menu Link within an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding_a_Custom_Administrator_Menu|Adding a Custom Administrator Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Create_a_Menu_Item_to_View_Archived_Articles|How to Create a Menu Item to View Archived Articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Modules}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Administrator_Modules|Administrator Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Site_Modules|Site Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Show_a_Calendar_Month_List_of_Archived_Articles_Using_a_Module|How to Show a Calendar Month List of Archived Articles Using a Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Components}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_To_Use_Content_Tags_in_Joomla|How To Use Content Tags in Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Plugins and Extensions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Joomla 4 &#039;&#039;Extensions; Install&#039;&#039; page has an &#039;&#039;&#039;Install from Web&#039;&#039;&#039; option. By default it lists the extensions available in the official Joomla! Extensions Directory for your current version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively you can go to: [https://extensions.joomla.org/ Joomla! Extensions Directory]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Templates}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Changed parameters for template providers|Changed Parameters for Template Providers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:SCSS_and_Sass|SCSS and SASS]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Using_Bootstrap_Components_in_Joomla_4|Using Bootstrap Components]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Module_Position|Understanding Module Positions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! Template Cassiopeia&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Folders_and_Files|Cassiopeia Template Folders and Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Customisation|Cassiopeia Template Customisation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Simplified_-_A_Case_Study|Cassiopeia Template Simplified - A Case Study]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://magazine.joomla.org/all-issues/february-2022/joomla-4-cassiopeia-template-a-bunch-of-tips-tricks Community Magazine: Cassiopeia Template - Tips and Tricks]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Development}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;API&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding an API to a Joomla Component|Adding an API to a Joomla Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_Api_Specification|Joomla API Specification]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_Core_APIs|Joomla Core APIs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Assets&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Web_Assets|Web Assets]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;CLI&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Writing_A_CLI_Application|Writing A CLI Application]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:CLI_Database_Exporter_Importer|CLI Database Exporter / Importer]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Task_Scheduler|Task Scheduler]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Data&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Inserting_Updating_and_Removing_data_using_JDatabase|Inserting, Updating and Removing Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Selecting_data_using_JDatabase|Selecting Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Components&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_1:_The_Site_code|Component Tutorial - Part 1 - Site Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_2:_The_Administrator_code|Component Tutorial - Part 2 - Administrator Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component|Developing an MVC Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Introduction|Developing an MVC Component - Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Developing_a_Basic_Component|Developing an MVC Component - Developing a Basic Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Language_Management|Developing an MVC Component - Language Mamagement]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Menu_Type_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Menu Type to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Request_Variable_in_the_Menu_Link|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Request Variable in the Menu Link]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_View_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a View to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Setting_up_the_Database|Developing an MVC Component - Setting up the Database]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Modules&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating a Simple Module| Creating a Simple Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Plugins&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating a Plugin for Joomla| Creating a Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4_CLI_example_-_Onoffbydate| CLI example - Onoffbydate]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Testing&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Automated_System_Testing| Automated System Testing]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/JavaScript_Tests_for_Joomla4| JavaScript Tests]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Miscellaneous&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_4.1_version_history|Joomla 4.1 Version History]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Joomla_3.10_Backports| Joomla 3.10 Backports]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Adding changelog to your manifest file|Adding Changelog to your Manifest File]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:ClientSideEvents|Client Side Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cloud_File_Systems_for_Media_Manager|Cloud File Systems for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla!_Codenames|Joomla Codenames]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_Entities|Joomla Entities]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Dependency_Injection_in_Joomla_4|Dependency Injection]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Namespace_Conventions_In_Joomla|Namespace Conventions In Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating_Multilingual_Associations_Automatically|Creating Multilingual Associations Automatically]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Response_Formats|Response Formats]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Setting_up_Eclipse_PDT_2020_and_Git_for_Pulls|Setting up Eclipse PDT 2020 and Git for Pulls]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Tips_and_Tricks_for_Joomla_4_Developers|Tips and Tricks for Joomla 4 Developers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/weblinks/tree/4.0-dev Weblinks for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/patchtester Patchtester for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Troubleshooting}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Database&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Fix_%22Database_Table_Structure_NOT_Up_to_Date%22_before_Update|Fix &amp;quot;Database Table Structure NOT Up to Date&amp;quot; before update error]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Landing_Pages]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla!_5.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation_Working_Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Update Working Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1010362</id>
		<title>Portal:Joomla 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1010362"/>
		<updated>2023-08-06T08:31:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Update J5 release date and revert links to J4 temporarily until pages are updated&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version=5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Top portal heading|color=white-bkgd|icon=joomla|icon-color=#5091cd|size=4x|text-color=#333|title=Joomla! 5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{underconstruction}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Joomla! 5 is coming soon!===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
18 years after the first version, Joomla! 5 is planned for release in October 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Why Use Joomla! 5?&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! 5 is an  Open Source, robust, secure and easy to use Content Management System (CMS) that enables website creators to produce powerful websites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maintaining content, the system and users is made easy by the use of software features that benefit from the skills and experience of a strong community of volunteers that have been maintaining and improving Joomla versions since 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a simple 5 page website to an enterprise solution serving thousands of pages, with its powerful layout overrides, custom fields and flexible modules built right in, your Joomla! website can be built to look and feel just the way you want it to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Why Use Joomla! 5?&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! 5 is an  Open Source, robust, secure and easy to use Content Management System (CMS) that enables website creators to produce powerful websites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maintaining content, the system and users is made easy by the use of software features that benefit from the skills and experience of a strong community of volunteers that have been maintaining and improving Joomla versions since 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a simple 5 page website to an enterprise solution serving thousands of pages, with its powerful layout overrides, custom fields and flexible modules built right in, your Joomla website can be built to look and feel just the way you want it to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! 5 Documentation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This portal brings together information related specifically to Joomla! 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE NOTE: Some links will take you to Joomla! 4 documentation whilst this page is under construction.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Getting Started}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Getting_Started_with_Joomla!|Getting Started with Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Setting Up Your Local Environment|Setting up your Local Environment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Potential backward compatibility issues in Joomla 4|Potential Backwards Compatibilty]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla 3.x to 4.x Step by Step Migration|Joomla 3.x to 4.x Step by Step Migration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Installing Joomla|nstalling Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Logging in to Joomla|Logging into Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Joomla_4_Tutorials_Project|Joomla 4 Tutorials Project]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Joomla_Version_Information|Joomla Version Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Optional_Technical_Requirements|Optional Technical Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Pre-Update_Check|J3.10x to J4.x Pre-Update Check]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Unsupported_PHP_Version|Unsupported PHP Versions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_CLI_Installation|Joomla CLI Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Site Administration}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version={{CurrentSTSVer4|maintenace}}|comment=&#039;&#039;&#039;Stable Version&#039;&#039;&#039;}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Efficiency&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Keyboard_Shortcuts|Keyboard Shortcuts]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Security&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Http_Header_Management|HTTP Header Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/WebAuthn_Passwordless_Login|WebAuthn Passwordless Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Updates&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:CLI_Update|CLI Update]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Update_from_4.0.1_to_4.0.2|Update from 4.0.1 to 4.0.2]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Upgrades_to_Joomla_4.0.2_fail_with_an_AJAX_error_message|Upgrades to Joomla 4.0.2 fail with an AJAX error message]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Updating_from_an_existing_version|Updating from an existing version]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;User Management&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/How_do_you_recover_or_reset_your_admin_password%3F|Recover / Reset Admin Password]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Users_List_and_Details_Views|Users List and Details Views]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Privacy&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Privacy|Privacy Tool Suite]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Navigation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Components_Dashboard|The Components Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Content_Dashboard|The Content Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:System_Dashboard|The System Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Accessibility&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://joomla-projects.github.io/joomla-a11y-checker/  JOOA11Y - The Joomla Accessibility Checker]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Articles&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding a New Article|Adding a New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Deleting an Article|Deleting an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Restricting_access_to_an_Article|Restricting access to an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Scheduling_the_publication_of_an_article|Scheduling the Publication of an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Archive_an_Article|How to Archive an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Categories&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Create and Manage Article Categories|Create and Manage Article Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Fields and Fields Groups&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Fields_and_Field_Groups|Working with Fields and Field Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Media&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Managing_Media|Managing Media]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Upload_Delete_Rename|Upload Delete Rename]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Image_Crop_Resize_Rotate|Image Crop Resize Rotate]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Media:_Options|Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adaptive_Images_for_Media_Manager|Adaptive Images for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Workflow&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow/Scenarios|Workflow Scenarios]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Menus}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Menu_Dashboard|Menu Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding_a_New_Menu|Adding a New Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding a menu link in an article|Adding a Menu Link within an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding_a_Custom_Administrator_Menu|Adding a Custom Administrator Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Create_a_Menu_Item_to_View_Archived_Articles|How to Create a Menu Item to View Archived Articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Modules}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Administrator_Modules|Administrator Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Site_Modules|Site Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_to_Show_a_Calendar_Month_List_of_Archived_Articles_Using_a_Module|How to Show a Calendar Month List of Archived Articles Using a Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Components}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:How_To_Use_Content_Tags_in_Joomla|How To Use Content Tags in Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Plugins and Extensions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Joomla 4 &#039;&#039;Extensions; Install&#039;&#039; page has an &#039;&#039;&#039;Install from Web&#039;&#039;&#039; option. By default it lists the extensions available in the official Joomla! Extensions Directory for your current version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively you can go to: [https://extensions.joomla.org/ Joomla! Extensions Directory]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Templates}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Changed parameters for template providers|Changed Parameters for Template Providers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:SCSS_and_Sass|SCSS and SASS]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Using_Bootstrap_Components_in_Joomla_4|Using Bootstrap Components]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Module_Position|Understanding Module Positions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! Template Cassiopeia&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Folders_and_Files|Cassiopeia Template Folders and Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Customisation|Cassiopeia Template Customisation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Simplified_-_A_Case_Study|Cassiopeia Template Simplified - A Case Study]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://magazine.joomla.org/all-issues/february-2022/joomla-4-cassiopeia-template-a-bunch-of-tips-tricks Community Magazine: Cassiopeia Template - Tips and Tricks]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Development}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;API&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Adding an API to a Joomla Component|Adding an API to a Joomla Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_Api_Specification|Joomla API Specification]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_Core_APIs|Joomla Core APIs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Assets&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Web_Assets|Web Assets]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;CLI&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Writing_A_CLI_Application|Writing A CLI Application]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:CLI_Database_Exporter_Importer|CLI Database Exporter / Importer]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Task_Scheduler|Task Scheduler]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Data&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Inserting_Updating_and_Removing_data_using_JDatabase|Inserting, Updating and Removing Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Selecting_data_using_JDatabase|Selecting Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Components&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_1:_The_Site_code|Component Tutorial - Part 1 - Site Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_2:_The_Administrator_code|Component Tutorial - Part 2 - Administrator Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component|Developing an MVC Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Introduction|Developing an MVC Component - Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Developing_a_Basic_Component|Developing an MVC Component - Developing a Basic Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Language_Management|Developing an MVC Component - Language Mamagement]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Menu_Type_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Menu Type to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Request_Variable_in_the_Menu_Link|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Request Variable in the Menu Link]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_View_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a View to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Setting_up_the_Database|Developing an MVC Component - Setting up the Database]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Modules&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating a Simple Module| Creating a Simple Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Plugins&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating a Plugin for Joomla| Creating a Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4_CLI_example_-_Onoffbydate| CLI example - Onoffbydate]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Testing&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Automated_System_Testing| Automated System Testing]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/JavaScript_Tests_for_Joomla4| JavaScript Tests]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Miscellaneous&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_4.1_version_history|Joomla 4.1 Version History]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Joomla_3.10_Backports| Joomla 3.10 Backports]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Adding changelog to your manifest file|Adding Changelog to your Manifest File]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:ClientSideEvents|Client Side Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Cloud_File_Systems_for_Media_Manager|Cloud File Systems for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla!_Codenames|Joomla Codenames]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Joomla_Entities|Joomla Entities]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Dependency_Injection_in_Joomla_4|Dependency Injection]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Namespace_Conventions_In_Joomla|Namespace Conventions In Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Creating_Multilingual_Associations_Automatically|Creating Multilingual Associations Automatically]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Response_Formats|Response Formats]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Setting_up_Eclipse_PDT_2020_and_Git_for_Pulls|Setting up Eclipse PDT 2020 and Git for Pulls]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Tips_and_Tricks_for_Joomla_4_Developers|Tips and Tricks for Joomla 4 Developers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/weblinks/tree/4.0-dev Weblinks for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/patchtester Patchtester for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Troubleshooting}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Database&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Fix_%22Database_Table_Structure_NOT_Up_to_Date%22_before_Update|Fix &amp;quot;Database Table Structure NOT Up to Date&amp;quot; before update error]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Landing_Pages]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla!_5.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation_Working_Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Update Working Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1010361</id>
		<title>Portal:Joomla 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1010361"/>
		<updated>2023-08-05T13:53:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Copy across J4 links and amend to J5.x. Set to Under Construction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version=5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Top portal heading|color=white-bkgd|icon=joomla|icon-color=#5091cd|size=4x|text-color=#333|title=Joomla! 5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{underconstruction}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Joomla! 5 is coming soon!===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
18 years after the first version, Joomla! 5 is planned for release in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Why Use Joomla! 5?&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! 5 is an  Open Source, robust, secure and easy to use Content Management System (CMS) that enables website creators to produce powerful websites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maintaining content, the system and users is made easy by the use of software features that benefit from the skills and experience of a strong community of volunteers that have been maintaining and improving Joomla versions since 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a simple 5 page website to an enterprise solution serving thousands of pages, with its powerful layout overrides, custom fields and flexible modules built right in, your Joomla! website can be built to look and feel just the way you want it to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! 5 Documentation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This portal brings together information related specifically to Joomla! 5.&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Getting Started}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Getting_Started_with_Joomla!|Getting Started with Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Setting Up Your Local Environment|Setting up your Local Environment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Potential backward compatibility issues in Joomla 5|Potential Backwards Compatibilty]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla 3.x to 4.x Step by Step Migration|Joomla 3.x to 4.x Step by Step Migration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Installing Joomla|nstalling Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Logging in to Joomla|Logging into Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/JDOC:Joomla_4_Tutorials_Project|Joomla 5 Tutorials Project]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Joomla_Version_Information|Joomla Version Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Optional_Technical_Requirements|Optional Technical Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Pre-Update_Check|J3.10x to J5.x Pre-Update Check]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Unsupported_PHP_Version|Unsupported PHP Versions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Joomla_CLI_Installation|Joomla CLI Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Site Administration}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version={{CurrentSTSVer5|maintenance}}|comment=&#039;&#039;&#039;Stable Version&#039;&#039;&#039;}}&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Efficiency&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Keyboard_Shortcuts|Keyboard Shortcuts]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Security&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Http_Header_Management|HTTP Header Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/WebAuthn_Passwordless_Login|WebAuthn Passwordless Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Updates&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:CLI_Update|CLI Update]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Updating_from_an_existing_version|Updating from an existing version]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;User Management&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/How_do_you_recover_or_reset_your_admin_password%3F|Recover / Reset Admin Password]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Users_List_and_Details_Views|Users List and Details Views]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Privacy&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Privacy|Privacy Tool Suite]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Navigation&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Components_Dashboard|The Components Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Content_Dashboard|The Content Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:System_Dashboard|The System Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Content}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Accessibility&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://joomla-projects.github.io/joomla-a11y-checker/  JOOA11Y - The Joomla Accessibility Checker]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Articles&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Adding a New Article|Adding a New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Deleting an Article|Deleting an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Restricting_access_to_an_Article|Restricting access to an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Scheduling_the_publication_of_an_article|Scheduling the Publication of an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:How_to_Archive_an_Article|How to Archive an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Categories&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Create and Manage Article Categories|Create and Manage Article Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Fields and Fields Groups&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Fields_and_Field_Groups|Working with Fields and Field Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Media&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Managing_Media|Managing Media]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Media:_Upload_Delete_Rename|Upload Delete Rename]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Media:_Image_Crop_Resize_Rotate|Image Crop Resize Rotate]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Media:_Options|Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Adaptive_Images_for_Media_Manager|Adaptive Images for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Workflow&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Workflow/Scenarios|Workflow Scenarios]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Menus}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Menu_Dashboard|Menu Dashboard]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Adding_a_New_Menu|Adding a New Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Adding a menu link in an article|Adding a Menu Link within an Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Adding_a_Custom_Administrator_Menu|Adding a Custom Administrator Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:How_to_Create_a_Menu_Item_to_View_Archived_Articles|How to Create a Menu Item to View Archived Articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Modules}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Administrator_Modules|Administrator Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Site_Modules|Site Modules Explained]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:How_to_Show_a_Calendar_Month_List_of_Archived_Articles_Using_a_Module|How to Show a Calendar Month List of Archived Articles Using a Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Components}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:How_To_Use_Content_Tags_in_Joomla|How To Use Content Tags in Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Workflow|Workflow for Publishing Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Plugins and Extensions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Joomla 4 &#039;&#039;Extensions; Install&#039;&#039; page has an &#039;&#039;&#039;Install from Web&#039;&#039;&#039; option. By default it lists the extensions available in the official Joomla! Extensions Directory for your current version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively you can go to: [https://extensions.joomla.org/ Joomla! Extensions Directory]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Templates}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Changed parameters for template providers|Changed Parameters for Template Providers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:SCSS_and_Sass|SCSS and SASS]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Using_Bootstrap_Components_in_Joomla_4|Using Bootstrap Components]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Module_Position|Understanding Module Positions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Joomla! Template Cassiopeia&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Folders_and_Files|Cassiopeia Template Folders and Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Customisation|Cassiopeia Template Customisation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Cassiopeia_Template_Simplified_-_A_Case_Study|Cassiopeia Template Simplified - A Case Study]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://magazine.joomla.org/all-issues/february-2022/joomla-4-cassiopeia-template-a-bunch-of-tips-tricks Community Magazine: Cassiopeia Template - Tips and Tricks]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Development}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;API&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Adding an API to a Joomla Component|Adding an API to a Joomla Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_Api_Specification|Joomla API Specification]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Joomla_Core_APIs|Joomla Core APIs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Assets&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Web_Assets|Web Assets]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;CLI&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Writing_A_CLI_Application|Writing A CLI Application]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:CLI_Database_Exporter_Importer|CLI Database Exporter / Importer]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Task_Scheduler|Task Scheduler]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Data&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Inserting_Updating_and_Removing_data_using_JDatabase|Inserting, Updating and Removing Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Selecting_data_using_JDatabase|Selecting Data using JDatabase]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Components&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_1:_The_Site_code|Component Tutorial - Part 1 - Site Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Part_2:_The_Administrator_code|Component Tutorial - Part 2 - Administrator Code]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component|Developing an MVC Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Introduction|Developing an MVC Component - Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Developing_a_Basic_Component|Developing an MVC Component - Developing a Basic Component]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Language_Management|Developing an MVC Component - Language Mamagement]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Menu_Type_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Menu Type to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_Request_Variable_in_the_Menu_Link|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a Request Variable in the Menu Link]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Adding_a_View_to_the_Site_Part|Developing an MVC Component - Adding a View to the Site Part]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Developing_an_MVC_Component/Setting_up_the_Database|Developing an MVC Component - Setting up the Database]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Modules&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Creating a Simple Module| Creating a Simple Module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Plugins&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Creating a Plugin for Joomla| Creating a Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J4_CLI_example_-_Onoffbydate| CLI example - Onoffbydate]]&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Testing&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Automated_System_Testing| Automated System Testing]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/JavaScript_Tests_for_Joomla4| JavaScript Tests]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt; Miscellaneous&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla_4.1_version_history|Joomla 4.1 Version History]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Joomla_3.10_Backports| Joomla 3.10 Backports]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Adding changelog to your manifest file|Adding Changelog to your Manifest File]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:ClientSideEvents|Client Side Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Cloud_File_Systems_for_Media_Manager|Cloud File Systems for Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Joomla!_Codenames|Joomla Codenames]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Joomla_Entities|Joomla Entities]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Dependency_Injection_in_Joomla_4|Dependency Injection]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Namespace_Conventions_In_Joomla|Namespace Conventions In Joomla]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Creating_Multilingual_Associations_Automatically|Creating Multilingual Associations Automatically]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Response_Formats|Response Formats]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Setting_up_Eclipse_PDT_2020_and_Git_for_Pulls|Setting up Eclipse PDT 2020 and Git for Pulls]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Tips_and_Tricks_for_Joomla_4_Developers|Tips and Tricks for Joomla 4 Developers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/weblinks/tree/4.0-dev Weblinks for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://github.com/joomla-extensions/patchtester Patchtester for Joomla 4]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title=Joomla! Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;hr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{section portal heading|icon=none|title= Joomla! Troubleshooting}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Database&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/J5.x:Fix_%22Database_Table_Structure_NOT_Up_to_Date%22_before_Update|Fix &amp;quot;Database Table Structure NOT Up to Date&amp;quot; before update error]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;large-6 column&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Landing_Pages]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla!_5.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation_Working_Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Update Working Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1010360</id>
		<title>Portal:Joomla 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Portal:Joomla_5&amp;diff=1010360"/>
		<updated>2023-08-04T07:34:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create Page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Joomla version|version=5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Top portal heading|color=white-bkgd|icon=joomla|icon-color=#5091cd|size=4x|text-color=#333|title=Joomla! 5.x}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Under Construction==&lt;br /&gt;
===Joomla! 5 is coming soon!===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Display_Template_Options&amp;diff=1008486</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Menu Item: Display Template Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Display_Template_Options&amp;diff=1008486"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T16:11:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Display Template Options&#039;&#039;&#039; menu item type allows a Joomla! super-user to easily change some template options from the front-end. After a change, the super-user will see the results immediately. This menu item is intended to help new super-users with site development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Display Template Options&#039;&#039;&#039; menu item:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the Administrator menu (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the Menu Item Type Select button. [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-en.png|x25px]]&lt;br /&gt;
** In the modal dialog select the Configuration Manager item to open a list and then select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Display Template Options&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Display Template Options menu item:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select its Title in the Menus: Items list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Screenshot ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Display_Template_Options-screen-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Alias/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Left Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Link/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Target Window/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Template Style/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Right Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Parent Item/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Ordering/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Start Publishing/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Finish Publishing/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Default Page/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Access/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Note/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options===&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Help5.x:Menu_Item:_New_Item/en|Menus: Edit/New Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types located in the following Tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link Type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Page Display&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Associations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Module Assignment&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbar ==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save.&#039;&#039;&#039; Saves the menu item and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the menu item and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the menu item and keeps the editing screen open and ready to create another menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save as Copy&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves your changes to a copy of the current menu item.  Does not affect the current menu item.  This toolbar icon is not shown if you are creating a new menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made. Or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Front End Screenshot ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Display_Template_Options-front-end-screenshot-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Items ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen related Template/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Request&amp;diff=1008485</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Menu Item: Create Request</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Request&amp;diff=1008485"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T16:08:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Request&#039;&#039;&#039; menu item type is used to display a form allowing users to submit an information request (Export or Remove).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access==&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Request&#039;&#039;&#039; menu item:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the Administrator menu (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}). Then...&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the New button in the Toolbar. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the Menu Item Type Select button. [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
** In the modal dialog select the Privacy item to open a list and then select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Request&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Create Reques menu item:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select its Title in the Menus: Items list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Privacy-Create-Request-screen-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Alias/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Left Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Link/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Target Window/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Template Style/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Right Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Parent Item/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Ordering/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Start Publishing/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Finish Publishing/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Default Page/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Access/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Note/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options=== &lt;br /&gt;
See [[Help5.x:Menu_Item:_New_Item/en|Menus: Edit/New Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types located in the following Tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link Type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Page Display&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Associations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Module Assignment&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save.&#039;&#039;&#039; Saves the menu item and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the menu item and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the menu item and keeps the editing screen open and ready to create another menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save as Copy&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves your changes to a copy of the current menu item.  Does not affect the current menu item.  This toolbar icon is not shown if you are creating a new menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made. Or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Information== &lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Privacy/en|The Privacy Tool Suite]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Privacy Help Screens|Menus Help Screens|Menu Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Contact&amp;diff=1008484</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Menu Item: Create Contact</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Contact&amp;diff=1008484"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T16:05:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Contact&#039;&#039;&#039; menu item type is used to provide a form for a user to provide contact data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access==&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Contact&#039;&#039;&#039; menu item:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from Administrator menu (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}). Then...&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the Toolbar. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the Menu Item Type Select button. [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
** In the modal dialog select the Contacts item to open a list and then select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Contact&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Create Contact menu item:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select its Title in the Menus: Items list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Create-Contact-screen-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Alias/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Left Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Link/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Target Window/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Template Style/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Right Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Parent Item/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Ordering/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Start Publishing/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Finish Publishing/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Default Page/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Access/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Note/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options===&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Help5.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit/en|Menus: Edit/New Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types located in the following Tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link Type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Page Display&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Associations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Module Assignment&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save.&#039;&#039;&#039; Saves the menu item and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the menu item and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the menu item and keeps the editing screen open and ready to create another menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save as Copy&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves your changes to a copy of the current menu item.  Does not affect the current menu item.  This toolbar icon is not shown if you are creating a new menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made. Or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen related Contacts/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article&amp;diff=1008483</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Menu Item: Create Article</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article&amp;diff=1008483"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T16:01:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Article menu item allows users to submit an article via the Site interface. Normally this is available only to users who have logged in to the Frontend of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users must have permission to create articles. When the Create Article page is shown in the Frontend, the screen shows as examples in the [[#frontend|Frontend Screenshot]] section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access==&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
#click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button.&lt;br /&gt;
#click the Menu Item Type &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
#select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&lt;br /&gt;
#select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Article&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
*select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; from the list&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-screen-en.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. The title that will display for this menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Alias&#039;&#039;&#039;. The internal name of the menu item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value Title in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces. [[Alias/en|Learn more.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Left Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu Item Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link&#039;&#039;&#039;. The system-generated link for this menu item. This field cannot be changed and is for information only.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Target Window&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select from the dropdown list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Template Style&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select from the dropdown list.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Right Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu&#039;&#039;&#039;. Shows which menu the link will appear in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-options-subscreen-en.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Specific Category&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Yes: Articles will be assigned to the specified category. The user will not be able to select a category.&lt;br /&gt;
**No: The user may select the category from the list box. Only categories for which the user has &#039;Create&#039; permission will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission/Cancel Redirect&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the page the user will be redirected to after a successful article submission.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Redirect on Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Yes: Set a page to redirect to when user Cancels article submission.&lt;br /&gt;
**No: When user Cancels article submission, the user is redirected to the &#039;Submission/Cancel Redirect&#039; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options===&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|frontend}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Frontend Screenshots==&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshots shows Joomla core Frontend Template &#039;&#039;&#039;Cassiopeia&#039;&#039;&#039;, all [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#editinglayout|Editing Layout options]] set to &#039;Hide&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Content&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-content-en.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fields&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-fields-en.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publishing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-publishing-en.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Language&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-language-en.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An unauthorised user will normally get an error if they click on a Create Article menu item. For this reason, it is normal practice to give the menu item a [[Help5.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/en|viewing Access Level]] that can only be seen by users authorised to add articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a [[Help5.x:Users:_Edit_Profile/en|new user]].&lt;br /&gt;
*To change [[Help5.x:Articles:_Options/en#permissions|article permissions]].{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Confirm_Request&amp;diff=1008482</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Menu Item: Confirm Request</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Confirm_Request&amp;diff=1008482"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T15:52:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Request&#039;&#039;&#039; menu item type is used to display a menu link leading to a page containing a form allowing your users to confirm an information request (Export or Remove).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access==&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new &#039;&#039;Confirm Request&#039;&#039; menu item:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the Administrator menu (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}). Then...&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the Toolbar. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the Menu Item Type Select button. [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
** In the modal dialog select the Privacy item to open a list and then select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Request&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Confirm Request menu item:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select its Title in the Menus: Items list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Privacy-Confirm-Request-screen-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Alias/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Left Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Link/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Target Window/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Template Style/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Right Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Parent Item/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Ordering/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Start Publishing/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Finish Publishing/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Default Page/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Access/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Note/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options=== &lt;br /&gt;
See [[Help5.x:Menu_Item:_New_Item/en|Menus: Edit/New Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types located in the following Tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link Type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Page Display&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Associations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Module Assignment&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save.&#039;&#039;&#039; Saves the menu item and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the menu item and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the menu item and keeps the editing screen open and ready to create another menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save as Copy&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves your changes to a copy of the current menu item.  Does not affect the current menu item.  This toolbar icon is not shown if you are creating a new menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made. Or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Privacy/en| The Privacy Tool Suite]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Category:Privacy_Help_Screens/en| Privacy Help Screens]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Privacy Help Screens|Menus Help Screens|Menu Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Components_Menu_Container&amp;diff=1008481</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Menu Item: Components Menu Container</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Components_Menu_Container&amp;diff=1008481"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T15:47:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Components Menu Container is used to show a component container in the Administrator interface. A use case might be as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppose you only wish to show certain users links to a subset of the Components on your site. Super Users will see links to everything of course. You can do this as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new User Group named, say Branch, with Public as parent.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Global Permissions for this group to Allow Administrator Login.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new menu named, say, Branch Menu with no imported presets. &lt;br /&gt;
* Create a linked Module named, say, Branch Menu with menu to show as Branch Menu. Set Check Menu to No and Access to Public.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a Components Menu Container menu item for the Branch Menu named, say, Branch Components.&lt;br /&gt;
** Hide any components that you do not wish the Branch users to see.&lt;br /&gt;
** Show those to which they should have access.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the Component Permissions for the Branch Group to allowed for all except Configure ACL and Configure Options.&lt;br /&gt;
More information at: https://docs.joomla.org/J4.x:Adding_a_Custom_Administrator_Menu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a Super User the Administrator menu will have an obvious duplication of links. However, a Branch user will only see the Branch Components menu and the Home Dashboard. You will need to adjust the Access permissions of the Quick Icon modules there too! And you really need to create a Dashboard module for any components Branch users have access to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For users who need access to Articles you can add more menu items to the Branch Menu. In this way you can build a complete custom menu for Branch users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access==&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new Component Container Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the Administrator menu.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the Menu Item Type &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; button [[File:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;List Component Container&#039;&#039;&#039; link from &#039;&#039;&#039;System Links&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Menu Item Type modal dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Component Container Menu Item, select its Title in the Menu Items list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Components-Menu-Container-screen-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Name.&#039;&#039;&#039; The full name of the menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Alias/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Left Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{chunk4x:colheader|Menu Item Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show or Hide Menu Items.&#039;&#039;&#039; List of menu items with buttons to set visibility status.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Right Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_column_header_Parent/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Ordering/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Note/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Link Type Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Link Type Options/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the [[#Screenshot|Screenshot]] above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made. &lt;br /&gt;
Or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made. This toolbar icon is not shown if you are creating a new item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen related Contacts/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{cathelp|5.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Compact_List_of_Tagged_Items&amp;diff=1008480</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Menu Item: Compact List of Tagged Items</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Compact_List_of_Tagged_Items&amp;diff=1008480"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T15:40:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Compact List of Tagged Items&#039;&#039;&#039; menu item type is used to create a page ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access==&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new Compact List of Tagged Items menu item:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the Administrator menu (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}). Then...&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the New button in the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the Menu Item Type Select button. [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
** In the modal dialog select the Tags item to open a list and then select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Compact List of Tagged Items&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Compact List of Tags Items menu item:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select its Title in the Menus: Items list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-Compact-List-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Alias/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Left Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Tag/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Content Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language Filter/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Link/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Target Window/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Template Style/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Right Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Parent Item/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Ordering/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Start Publishing/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Finish Publishing/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Default Page/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Access/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Note/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tag Options Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-Items-Compact-List-Tags-options-screenshot-en.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Show Tag Name/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Tag Image/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Tag Description/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Image/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Description/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Order/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Direction/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-Items-Compact-List-ListLayout-options-screenshot-en.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Item Image/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Item Description/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Maximum Characters/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Filter Field/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Display Select/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Number Items To List/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Show Date/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Date Format/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Item Selection Options Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-Items-Compact-List-Item-Selection-options-screenshot-en.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Mach Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Child Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options===&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Help4.x:Menu_Item:_New_Item/en|Menus: Edit/New Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types located in the following Tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link Type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Page Display&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Associations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Module Assignment&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save.&#039;&#039;&#039; Saves the menu item and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the menu item and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the menu item and keeps the editing screen open and ready to create another menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Front End Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example Front End Site images are generic images using Joomla! core installation supplied free Front End Templates. The actual view can depend on the installed custom template used and the template&#039;s style for those views on a Joomla! website.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Tags List Layout:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Tags-Compact-List-front-end-screenshot-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outside this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|%Menu%Tag%|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Related Help Screens !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Tagged_Items/en|Menus Menu Item Tags Items List]] || Used to create a &#039;Tagged List of Items&#039; page per tag(s) selected.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help5.x:Menu_Item:_List_All_Tags/en|Menus Menu Item Tags Items List All]] || Used to create a &#039;List of All Tags&#039; page per tag(s) selected.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_List_All_Tags&amp;diff=1008479</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Menu Item: List All Tags</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_List_All_Tags&amp;diff=1008479"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T15:39:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;List All Tags&#039;&#039;&#039; menu item type is Used to create a page containing items with selected tags.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access==&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;List All Tags&#039;&#039;&#039; menu item:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the Administrator menu (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}). Then...&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the New button in the Toolbar. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the Menu Item Type Select button. [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
** In the modal dialog select the Tags item to open a list and then select the &#039;&#039;&#039;List All Tags&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing List All Tags menu item:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select its Title in the Menus: Items list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-List-All-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Alias/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Left Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Parent/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language Filter/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Link/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Target Window/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Template Style/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Right Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Parent Item/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Ordering/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Start Publishing/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Finish Publishing/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Default Page/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Access/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Note/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options Tab=== &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-List-All-Tags-options-screenshot-en.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Number Of Columns/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Heading Description/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Show Heading Image/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Heading Image File/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Order/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Direction/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Item Images/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Tag Description/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Maximum Characters/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Hits/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Selection Options Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-List-All-Tags-Selection-options-screenshot-en.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Maximum Items/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Filter Field/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Display Select/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options===&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Help5.x:Menu_Item:_New_Item/en|Menus: Edit/New Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types located in the following Tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link Type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Page Display&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Associations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Module Assignment&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save.&#039;&#039;&#039; Saves the menu item and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the menu item and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the menu item and keeps the editing screen open and ready to create another menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Front End Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example Front End Site images are generic images using Joomla! core installation supplied free Front End Templates. The actual view can depend on the installed custom template used and the template&#039;s style for those views on a Joomla! website.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Tags List Layout: &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Tags-List-All-front-end-screenshot-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|%Menu%Tag%|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Related Help Screens !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Compact_List_of_Tagged_Items/en|Menus Menu Item Tags Items Compact List]] || Used to create a &#039;Compact List of Tagged Items&#039; page per tag(s) selected.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Tagged_Items/en|Menus Menu Item Tags Items List]] || Used to create a &#039;Tagged List of Items&#039; page per tag(s) selected.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Category_List&amp;diff=1008399</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Menu Item: Category List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Category_List&amp;diff=1008399"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T15:19:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Category List menu item type is used to show articles belonging to a specific Category in a list layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access==&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button.&lt;br /&gt;
#click the Menu Item Type &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
#select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&lt;br /&gt;
#select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Category List&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
*select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; from the list&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Category-List-screen-en.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. The title that will display for this menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Alias&#039;&#039;&#039;. The internal name of the menu item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value Title in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces. [[Alias/en|Learn more.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Left Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu Item Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. The articles that are within this category will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tags&#039;&#039;&#039;. Optionally restrict displayed articles to those having the selected Tags.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link&#039;&#039;&#039;. The system-generated link for this menu item. This field cannot be changed and is for information only.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Target Window&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select from the dropdown list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Template Style&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select from the dropdown list.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Right Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu&#039;&#039;&#039;. Shows which menu the link will appear in.&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|category}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category===&lt;br /&gt;
The Options control the way that category information is shown in the menu item.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Options include &amp;quot;Use Global&amp;quot;. If this is selected, the setting from the [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en|Articles: Options]] will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Category-List-category-subscreen-en.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels&#039;&#039;&#039;. Control how many levels of subcategories to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;No Articles Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show a message &amp;quot;There are no articles in this category&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Heading&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Subcategories as subheading on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the descriptions for subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles in Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show a count of the total number of articles in each category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tags&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the tags for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|listlayouts}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts===&lt;br /&gt;
List Layout Options control the appearance of the menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Category-List-list-layouts-subscreen-en.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of articles to show. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show a text field in the Frontend where a user can filter the articles.{{-}}Options in the Backend menu item edit. &lt;br /&gt;
**Hide: Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
**Title: Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
**Author: Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
**Hits: Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
**Tags: Filter on the article tags.&lt;br /&gt;
**Month (published): Filter on the month of published articles.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show a heading in the article list in the Frontend.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show a date in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
**Hide: Don&#039;t show any date.&lt;br /&gt;
**Created: Show the created date.&lt;br /&gt;
**Modified: Show the date of the last modification.&lt;br /&gt;
**Published: Show the start publishing date.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Date Format&#039;&#039;&#039;. Optional format string to control the format of the date.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Hits&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the number of hits for articles.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the name of the author.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Order&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**No Order: Articles are ordered only by the Article Order, without regard to Category.&lt;br /&gt;
**Title Alphabetical: Categories are displayed in alphabetical order (A to Z).&lt;br /&gt;
**Title Reverse Alphabetical: Categories are displayed in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&lt;br /&gt;
**Category Order: Categories are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[Help4.x:Articles:_Categories/en#ordering|Articles: Categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Article Order&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Featured Articles Order: Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[Help4.x:Articles:_Featured/en#ordering|Articles: Featured]].&lt;br /&gt;
**Most Recent First: Articles are displayed starting with the most recent and ending with the oldest.&lt;br /&gt;
**Oldest First: Articles are displayed starting with the oldest and ending with the most recent.&lt;br /&gt;
**Title Alphabetical: Articles are displayed by Title in alphabetical order (A to Z).&lt;br /&gt;
**Title Reverse Alphabetical: Articles are displayed by Title in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&lt;br /&gt;
**Author Alphabetical: Articles are displayed by Author in alphabetical order (A to Z).&lt;br /&gt;
**Author Reverse Alphabetical: Articles are displayed by Author in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&lt;br /&gt;
**Most Hits: Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the most hits and ending with the one with the least hits.&lt;br /&gt;
**Least Hits: Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the least hits and ending with the one with the most hits.&lt;br /&gt;
**Random Order: Articles are displayed in random order.&lt;br /&gt;
**Article Order: Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[Help4.x:Articles/en#ordering|Articles]].&lt;br /&gt;
**Article Reverse Order: Articles are ordered reverse to the according of the Order column entered in [[Help4.x:Articles/en#ordering|Articles]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Date for Ordering&#039;&#039;&#039;. The date used when articles are sorted by date.&lt;br /&gt;
**Created: Use the article created date.&lt;br /&gt;
**Modified: Use the article modified date.&lt;br /&gt;
**Published: Use the article start publishing date.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Pagination&#039;&#039;&#039;. Pagination provides page links at the bottom of the page that allow the User to navigate to additional pages. These are needed if the Articles will not fit on one page.&lt;br /&gt;
**Hide: Pagination links not shown. Note: Users will not be able to navigate to additional pages.&lt;br /&gt;
**Show: Pagination links shown if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
**Auto: Pagination links shown if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Pagination Summary&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the current page number and total pages (e.g., &amp;quot;Page 1 of 2&amp;quot;) at the bottom of each page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List&#039;&#039;&#039;. Number of articles shown in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Featured Articles&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Show: Display featured articles and non-featured articles.&lt;br /&gt;
**Hide: Display only non-featured articles.&lt;br /&gt;
**Only: Display only featured articles.&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|options}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
The Options determine how the articles will show in the list menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Category-List-options-subscreen-en.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Layout&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select from the dropdown list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s Title.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Linked Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the title as a link to the article.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Intro Text&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Show: The Intro Text of the article will show when you drill down to the article.&lt;br /&gt;
**Hide: Only the part of the article after the Read More break will show.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s Category Title.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the title as a link to that Category.{{-}}Note: You can set this to be either a blog or list layout with the [[Help5.x:Articles:_Options/en#choosealayout|Choose a Layout]] option in the Category Tab.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Parent Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s Parent Category Title.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link Parent Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the title as a link to that Category.{{-}}Note: You can set this to be either a blog or list layout with the [[Help5.x:Articles:_Options/en#choosealayout|Choose a Layout]] option in the Category Tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Associations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Associations&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the associated flags or Language Code. [[Help4.x:Multilingual_Associations/en|Multilingual only.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the author of the Article.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link to Author&#039;s Contact Page&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show it as a link to a Contact layout for that author.{{-}}Note: The author must be set up as a [[Help5.x:Contacts:_Edit/en|Contact]]. Also, a link will not show if there is an [[Help4.x:Articles:_Edit/en#createdbyalias|Author Alias]] value for the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Create Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s create date.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Modify Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s modify date.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s start publishing date.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Navigation&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show a navigation link &#039;Prev&#039; or &#039;Next&#039; when you drill down to the article.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Read More&amp;quot; Link&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Read More link to link from the part of the article before the Read More break to the rest of the Article.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Read More with Title&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Show: The article title is part of the Read More link. The link will be in the format &amp;quot;Read More: [article title]&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Hide: The link will be &amp;quot;Read more&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Hits&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the number of times the article has been displayed by a user.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unauthorised Links&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Yes: The Intro Text for restricted articles will show. Clicking on the Read more link will require users to log in to view the full article content.&lt;br /&gt;
**No: Articles that the user is not authorised to view (based on the viewing access level for the article) will not show.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration===&lt;br /&gt;
The Options determine whether a news feed will be available for the page and what information it will show.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Category-List-integration-subscreen-en.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;RSS Feed Link&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to Show, a Feed Link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Include in Feed&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Intro Text: Only the article&#039;s intro text will show in the feed.&lt;br /&gt;
**Full Text: The entire text of the article will show in the feed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options===&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*The Category List layout is a convenient way to list a compact directory of articles in a category that can include filtering and searching.&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a new Category see [[Help5.x:Articles:_Edit_Category/en|Articles: Edit Category.]]&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a new menu see [[Help5.x:Menus|Menus.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Category_Blog&amp;diff=1008377</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Menu Item: Category Blog</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menu_Item:_Category_Blog&amp;diff=1008377"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T15:14:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
A Category Blog menu item typically has one or two leading article tasters occupying the full width of the content area followed by more articles tasters in one, two or three columns and additional links to more Articles in the same category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access==&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
#click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button.&lt;br /&gt;
#click the Menu Item Type &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
#select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&lt;br /&gt;
#select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Category Blog&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
*select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; from the list&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Category-Blog-screen-en.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. The title that will display for this menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Alias&#039;&#039;&#039;. The internal name of the menu item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value Title in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces. [[Alias/en|Learn more.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Left Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu Item Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. The articles that are within this category will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tags&#039;&#039;&#039;. Optionally restrict displayed articles to those having the selected Tags.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link&#039;&#039;&#039;. The system-generated link for this menu item. This field cannot be changed and is for information only.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Target Window&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select from the dropdown list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Template Style&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select from the dropdown list.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Right Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu&#039;&#039;&#039;. Shows which menu the link will appear in.&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|category}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category=== &lt;br /&gt;
The Options control the way that category information is shown in the menu item.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Options include &amp;quot;Use Global&amp;quot;. If this is selected, the setting from the [[Help5.x:Articles:_Options/en|Articles: Options]] will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Category-Blog-category-subscreen-en.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels&#039;&#039;&#039;. Control how many levels of subcategories to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;No Articles Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show a message &amp;quot;There are no articles in this category&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Heading&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Subcategories as subheading on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the descriptions for subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles in Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show a count of the total number of articles in each category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tags&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the tags for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|blog}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blog Layout=== &lt;br /&gt;
The Options control the appearance of the blog menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Category-Blog-blog-layout-subscreen-en.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Leading Articles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Number of Articles to show using the full width of the main display area. &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; means that no Articles will show when using the full width. If an Article has a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; break, only the part of the text before the break (the Intro text) will display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Leading Article Class&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can add any CSS class for your own styling ideas. Add a border on top with class boxed.{{-}}For image position use for example image-left, image-right. Add image-alternate for alternate ordering of intro images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Intro Articles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Determines the number of Articles to display after the leading Article. These Articles will display in the number of columns set in the Columns parameter below. If an Article has a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; break, only the text before the break (Intro text) will display, followed by a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; link. The order in which to display the articles is determined by the Category Order and Article Order parameters below.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Article Class&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can add any CSS class for your own styling ideas. Add a border on top with class boxed.{{-}}For image position use for example image-left, image-right. Add image-alternate for alternate ordering of intro images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Columns&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of columns to use in the Intro Articles area. This is normally between 1 and 3 (depending on the template you are using). If 1 is used, the Intro Articles will display using the full width of the display area, just like the Leading Articles.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Multi Column Direction&#039;&#039;&#039;. In multi-column blog layouts, whether to order articles Down the columns or Across the columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Down: Order articles going down the first column and then over to the next column, for example: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|article 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| article 2&lt;br /&gt;
| article 4&lt;br /&gt;
| article 6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| article 3&lt;br /&gt;
| article 5&lt;br /&gt;
| article 7&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Across: Order articles going across the columns and then back to the first column, for example: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|article 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| article 2&lt;br /&gt;
| article 3&lt;br /&gt;
| article 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| article 5&lt;br /&gt;
| article 6&lt;br /&gt;
| article 7&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Links&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of Links to display in the Links area of the page. These links allow a User to link to additional Articles, if there are more Articles than can fit on the first page of the Blog Layout.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Featured Articles&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Show: Display featured articles and non-featured articles.&lt;br /&gt;
**Hide: Display only non-featured articles.&lt;br /&gt;
**Only: Display only featured articles.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Linked Intro Image&#039;&#039;&#039;. If Yes, a click on the intro image shows the article.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Include Subcategories&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**None: Only articles from the current category will show.&lt;br /&gt;
**All: All articles from the current category and all subcategories will show.&lt;br /&gt;
**1-5: All articles from the current category and subcategories up to and including that level will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Order&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**No Order: Articles are ordered only by the Article Order, without regard to Category.&lt;br /&gt;
**Title Alphabetical: Categories are displayed in alphabetical order (A to Z).&lt;br /&gt;
**Title Reverse Alphabetical: Categories are displayed in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&lt;br /&gt;
**Category Order: Categories are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[Help4.x:Articles:_Categories/en#ordering|Articles: Categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Article Order&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Featured Articles Order: Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[Help4.x:Articles:_Featured/en#ordering|Articles: Featured]].&lt;br /&gt;
**Most Recent First: Articles are displayed starting with the most recent and ending with the oldest.&lt;br /&gt;
**Oldest First: Articles are displayed starting with the oldest and ending with the most recent.&lt;br /&gt;
**Title Alphabetical: Articles are displayed by Title in alphabetical order (A to Z).&lt;br /&gt;
**Title Reverse Alphabetical: Articles are displayed by Title in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&lt;br /&gt;
**Author Alphabetical: Articles are displayed by Author in alphabetical order (A to Z).&lt;br /&gt;
**Author Reverse Alphabetical: Articles are displayed by Author in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&lt;br /&gt;
**Most Hits: Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the most hits and ending with the one with the least hits.&lt;br /&gt;
**Least Hits: Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the least hits and ending with the one with the most hits.&lt;br /&gt;
**Random Order: Articles are displayed in random order.&lt;br /&gt;
**Article Order: Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[Help4.x:Articles/en#ordering|Articles]].&lt;br /&gt;
**Article Reverse Order: Articles are ordered reverse to the according of the Order column entered in [[Help4.x:Articles/en#ordering|Articles]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Date for Ordering&#039;&#039;&#039;. The date used when articles are sorted by date.&lt;br /&gt;
**Created: Use the article created date.&lt;br /&gt;
**Modified: Use the article modified date.&lt;br /&gt;
**Published: Use the article start publishing date.&lt;br /&gt;
**Unpublished: Use the article unpublished date.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Pagination&#039;&#039;&#039;. Pagination provides page links at the bottom of the page that allow the User to navigate to additional pages. These are needed if the Articles will not fit on one page.&lt;br /&gt;
**Hide: Pagination links not shown. Note: Users will not be able to navigate to additional pages.&lt;br /&gt;
**Show: Pagination links shown if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
**Auto: Pagination links shown if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Pagination Summary&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the current page number and total pages (e.g., &amp;quot;Page 1 of 2&amp;quot;) at the bottom of each page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|options}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
The Options determine how the articles will show in the blog menu item.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Options include &amp;quot;Use Article Settings&amp;quot;. If this is selected, the setting from [[Help4.x:Articles:_Edit/en|Articles: Edit]] will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Category-Blog-options-subscreen-en.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Layout&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select from the dropdown list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s Title.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Linked Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the title as a link to the article.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Intro Text&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Show: The Intro Text of the article will show when you drill down to the article.&lt;br /&gt;
**Hide: Only the part of the article after the Read More break will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position of Article Info&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Above: Puts the article information block above the text.&lt;br /&gt;
**Below: Puts the article information block below the text.&lt;br /&gt;
**Split: Splits the article information block into 2 separate blocks. One block is above and the other is below the text.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Article Info Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. Displays &#039;Details&#039; on top of the article information block.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s Category Title.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the title as a link to that Category.{{-}}Note: You can set this to be either a blog or list layout with the [[Help5.x:Articles:_Options/en#choosealayout|Choose a Layout]] option in the Category Tab.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Parent Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s Parent Category Title.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link Parent Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the title as a link to that Category.{{-}}Note: You can set this to be either a blog or list layout with the [[Help5.x:Articles:_Options/en#choosealayout|Choose a Layout]] option in the Category Tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Associations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Associations&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the associated flags or Language Code. [[Help4.x:Multilingual_Associations/en|Multilingual only.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the author of the Article.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link to Author&#039;s Contact Page&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show it as a link to a Contact layout for that author.{{-}}Note: The author must be set up as a [[Help5.x:Contacts:_Edit/en|Contact]]. Also, a link will not show if there is an [[Help5.x:Articles:_Edit/en#createdbyalias|Author Alias]] value for the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Create Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s create date.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Modify Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s modify date.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s start publishing date.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Navigation&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show a navigation link &#039;Prev&#039; or &#039;Next&#039; when you drill down to the article.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Read More&amp;quot; Link&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Read More link to link from the part of the article before the Read More break to the rest of the Article.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Read More with Title&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Show: The article title is part of the Read More link. The link will be in the format &amp;quot;Read More: [article title]&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Hide: The link will be &amp;quot;Read more&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Hits&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the number of times the article has been displayed by a user.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tags&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the tags for each article.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unauthorised Links&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Yes: The Intro Text for restricted articles will show. Clicking on the Read more link will require users to log in to view the full article content.&lt;br /&gt;
**No: Articles that the user is not authorised to view (based on the viewing access level for the article) will not show.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration===&lt;br /&gt;
The Options determine whether a news feed will be available for the page and what information it will show.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Category-Blog-integration-subscreen-en.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;RSS Feed Link&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to Show, a Feed Link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Include in Feed&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Intro Text: Only the article&#039;s intro text will show in the feed.&lt;br /&gt;
**Full Text: The entire text of the article will show in the feed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options=== &lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a new Category see [[Help5.x:Articles:_Edit_Category/en|Articles: Edit Category]].&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a new menu see [[Help5.x:Menus|Menus]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Languages:_Overrides&amp;diff=1008351</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Languages: Overrides</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Languages:_Overrides&amp;diff=1008351"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T14:48:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Overrides allow you to change a core Joomla string.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Joomla code, text strings that are to appear in the User Interface, either the Site interface or the Administrator interface, are expressed as string constants. For example, the string &#039;&#039;Your session has expired. Please log in again.&#039;&#039; is expressed as &#039;&#039;JLIB_ENVIRONMENT_SESSION_EXPIRED&#039;&#039;. The text string can be translated into any language. The default language is British English. There are thousands of such strings in a Joomla installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a string does not suit your site you can use the Language Override feature to replace the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access==&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|System,Manage Panel,Language Overrides}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Extensions-Language-Manager-Overrides-screen-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Constant.&#039;&#039;&#039; The constant in the code created by the developer.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; The text substituted for the constant in the override. Select the constant link to edit this item.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Language Tag.&#039;&#039;&#039; The language that this override is used for.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Location.&#039;&#039;&#039; Site or Administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Language Selector&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Language and Client.&#039;&#039;&#039; The drop down list shows languages installed for Site and Administrator interfaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Search bar&#039;&#039;&#039;. Near the top of the page you will see the search bar shown in the [[#screenshot|Screenshot]] above. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search by Text&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter part of the search term and click the Search icon. &#039;&#039;Hover&#039;&#039; to see a &#039;&#039;Tooltip&#039;&#039; indicating which fields will be searched.{{-}}To &#039;Search by ID&#039; enter &amp;quot;id:x&amp;quot;, where &amp;quot;x&amp;quot; is the ID number (for example, &amp;quot;id:19&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click to display the additional filters.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Clear&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click to clear the Filter field and restore the list to its unfiltered state.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ordering&#039;&#039;&#039;. Shows the current list ordering field. 2 ways to change the order:&lt;br /&gt;
**Select from the dropdown list. Ordering may be in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
**Click a column heading. The column heading toggles between ascending and descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Number to Display&#039;&#039;&#039;. Shows the number of items in a list. Select from the dropdown list to change the number displayed.{{-}}The default for a site is &#039;20&#039; but this may be changed in the [[S:MyLanguage/Help5.x:Site_Global_Configuration{{#translation:}}#defaultlistlimit|Global Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*This list has no filter options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the [[#Screenshot|Screenshot]] above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens the editing screen to create a new item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete:&#039;&#039;&#039; Deletes the selected items. Works with one or multiple items selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Clear Cache.&#039;&#039;&#039; Clear the available extension update information displayed in the listing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options.&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
[[J3.1:Language_Overrides_in_Joomla/en|Layout Overrides in Joomla 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Language Manager Help Screens|Extension Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Languages:_Options&amp;diff=1008350</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Languages: Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Languages:_Options&amp;diff=1008350"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T14:43:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
Languages Options configuration allows setting of parameters used globally for Languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access==&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|System,Languages in the Manage panel}} from the Administration menu. &#039;&#039;&#039;Beware:&#039;&#039;&#039; Languages also occurs in the Install panel. Then&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; the Options button in the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Languages-Options-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the permissions for this extension, do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Group&#039;&#039;&#039; by clicking its title located on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
*Find the desired &#039;&#039;&#039;Action&#039;&#039;&#039;. Possible Actions are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Configure ACL &amp;amp; Optons.&#039;&#039;&#039; Users can edit the options and permissions of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Configure Options Only.&#039;&#039;&#039; Users can edit the options except the permissions of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Administration Interface.&#039;&#039;&#039; Users can access user administration interface of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Create.&#039;&#039;&#039; Users can create content of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete.&#039;&#039;&#039; Users can delete content of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit.&#039;&#039;&#039; Users can edit content of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State.&#039;&#039;&#039; User can change the published state and related information for content of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Own.&#039;&#039;&#039; Users can edit own created content of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the desired permission for the action you wish to change. Possible settings are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Inherited.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Inherited for users in this Group from the Global Configuration permissions of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Allowed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Allowed for users in this Group. Note that, if this action is Denied at one of the higher levels, the Allowed permission here will not take effect. A Denied setting cannot be overridden.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Denied.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Denied for users in this Group.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Save&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;Toolbar&#039;&#039;&#039; at top. When the screen refreshes, the Calculated Setting column will show the effective permission for this Group and Action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save.&#039;&#039;&#039; Saves the item and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Options Configuration Help Screens|Components Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Languages:_Installed&amp;diff=1008349</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Languages: Installed</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Languages:_Installed&amp;diff=1008349"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T14:39:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
In the Installed Languages list you can set the default Languages independently for the Site and Administrator interfaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access==&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|System,Manage Panel,Languages}} from the Administrator menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Extensions-Language-Manager-Installed-screen-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Buttons.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select a radio button to make the selected language the Default Site and/or Administrator language.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the language in English.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Native Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the language in that language.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Language Tag.&#039;&#039;&#039; Language Tag of the Installed Language.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Default.&#039;&#039;&#039; The default language of the site, marked with a yellow graphical asterisk in this column. &#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: to every user a language can be assigned (see &amp;quot;User Management&amp;quot;), user from groups &amp;quot;Administrator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Super Administrator&amp;quot; can select their preferred language themselves at login.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Version.&#039;&#039;&#039; The version number of the installed language.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Date.&#039;&#039;&#039; The creation date of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Author.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the language translator is displayed in this column.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Author Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; The email address of the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Site or Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site.&#039;&#039;&#039; Shows the installed Languages for the Frontend part. Here you can set the default language for the Frontend of your Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator.&#039;&#039;&#039; Shows the installed Languages for the Backend part. Here you can set the default language for the Backend of your Joomla website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Search bar&#039;&#039;&#039;. Near the top of the page you will see the search bar shown in the [[#screenshot|Screenshot]] above. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search by Text&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter part of the search term and click the Search icon. &#039;&#039;Hover&#039;&#039; to see a &#039;&#039;Tooltip&#039;&#039; indicating which fields will be searched.{{-}}To &#039;Search by ID&#039; enter &amp;quot;id:x&amp;quot;, where &amp;quot;x&amp;quot; is the ID number (for example, &amp;quot;id:19&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click to display the additional filters.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Clear&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click to clear the Filter field and restore the list to its unfiltered state.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ordering&#039;&#039;&#039;. Shows the current list ordering field. 2 ways to change the order:&lt;br /&gt;
**Select from the dropdown list. Ordering may be in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
**Click a column heading. The column heading toggles between ascending and descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Number to Display&#039;&#039;&#039;. Shows the number of items in a list. Select from the dropdown list to change the number displayed.{{-}}The default for a site is &#039;20&#039; but this may be changed in the [[Help5.x:Site_Global_Configuration/en#defaultlistlimit|Global Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options.&#039;&#039;&#039; This screen has no Filter Options&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the [[#Screenshot|Screenshot]] above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Default:&#039;&#039;&#039; Makes the selected item the default item. The default star symbol ([[Image:icon-16-default.png]]) will show in the Default column, indicating that this is now the default item.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Switch Languages.&#039;&#039;&#039; In the Administrator screen only, select a language radio button and then this button. The Administrator language will change and there will be a message such as &#039;&#039;Message La langue de l&#039;administration a été changée en &amp;quot;French (France)&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Install Languages.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Helpj5.x:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Languages/en|Install Languages Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made. This toolbar icon is not shown if you are creating a new item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options.&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*Users can use any Language from the list of installed Languages, either by having it assigned in the [[Help5.x:Users/en|Users list]] or by filling out a [[Help5.x:Menu_Item:_New_Item/en#User_Form_Layout|Menu Item list - New/Edit - User Form Layout]] at the Frontend. This will cause the Joomla! system prompts to be generated in this Language just for this User. For example, if a User chooses Spanish as their language, then the Search Module will show with prompts in Spanish.&lt;br /&gt;
*This User&#039;s choice is not affected by the Default Language set for the Frontend.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Changing a User&#039;s Language or the Default Language does not affect the website&#039;s Articles and other content.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: Do not delete the default language files (for example, with FTP). This will create errors on both the Frontend and Backend.&lt;br /&gt;
*Additional Languages can be added using the [[Help5.x:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Languages/en|Install Languages Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*If desired, you can show the Frontend site in one Language and show the Backend administration pages in a different Language. Also, individual articles can be configured to use a different language in the Advanced Parameter pane when editing the Article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
*To install more Languages: [[Help5.x:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Languages/en|Install Languages Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*To uninstall a Language: [[Help40:Extensions:_Manage/en|Extensions - Manage]]&lt;br /&gt;
*To change the Language for a User: [[Help5.x:Users:_Edit_Profile/en|Users - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
*To set the Language of an Article: [[Help5.x:Articles:_Edit/en#Parameters_-_Advanced|Articles - New/Edit - Parameters - Advanced]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Language Manager Help Screens|Extension Management Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Languages:_Edit_Override&amp;diff=1008348</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Languages: Edit Override</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Languages:_Edit_Override&amp;diff=1008348"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T14:28:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Overrides allow you to change a core Joomla string.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Joomla code, text strings that are to appear in the User Interface, either the Site interface or the Administrator interface, are expressed as string constants. For example, the string &#039;&#039;Your session has expired. Please log in again.&#039;&#039; is expressed as &#039;&#039;JLIB_ENVIRONMENT_SESSION_EXPIRED&#039;&#039;. The text string can be translated into any language. The default language is British English. There are thousands of such strings in a Joomla installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a string does not suit your site you can use the Language Override feature to replace the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access==&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|System,Manage Panel,Language Overrides}}. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
**Select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Language and Client&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop down list. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
***Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the Toolbar to create a new override. Or...&lt;br /&gt;
***Select the constant link in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Constant&#039;&#039;&#039; column to edit an existing override.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Extensions-Language-Manager-Overrides-Edit-screen-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Right Panel: Search text you want to change&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search For.&#039;&#039;&#039; Start here! You are more likely to know the Value (expired) than the Constant (_EXPIRED). In either case, the search is a case insensitive for the partial string.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter the text to search for and select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Search&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search Results.&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of strings containing the search term appears in a separate panel. Select the one you are looking for. The constant and text will be copied into the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create a New Override&#039;&#039;&#039; panel, labelled &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit this Override&#039;&#039;&#039; if you editing an existing override.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Left Panel: Create a New Override or Edit this Override&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Language Constant.&#039;&#039;&#039; This is the strings used in the code by the developer. If the value does not exist in the code the string will never be used.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; This is where you override the default term with your version.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;File.&#039;&#039;&#039; This shows where the override file is located in the file system. You might need to know this for trouble-shooting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Near the top of the page you will see the filter bar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and keeps the editing screen open and ready to create another item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made. Or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made. This toolbar icon is not shown if you are creating a new item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Language Manager Help Screens|Extension Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 5.0]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Languages:_Content&amp;diff=1008347</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Languages: Content</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Languages:_Content&amp;diff=1008347"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T14:23:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
Set the Native Title, Language Code, SEF Prefix and Image Prefixes of the installed or to be installed languages. These are used when you set your site as multilanguage. See the [[J3.x:Setup_a_Multilingual_Site/en|Language Switcher Tutorial]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access==&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|System,Manage Panel,Content Languages}} from the Administrator menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Extensions-Language-Manager-Content-screen-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Order/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; The names of the installed Languages on this web site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Native Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; Language title in the native language.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Language Tag.&#039;&#039;&#039; The language tag - example: en-GB for English (UK). This should be the exact prefix used for the language installed or to be installed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Language Code.&#039;&#039;&#039; The language code used in multilingual site URLs.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Name of the image file for this language when using the &amp;quot;Use Image Flags&amp;quot; Language Switcher basic option. Example: If &#039;en&#039; is chosen, then the image shall be en.gif. Images and CSS for this module are in media/mod_languages/&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Access/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Home.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether there is a default page set for this language or not.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Search bar&#039;&#039;&#039;. Near the top of the page you will see the search bar shown in the [[#screenshot|Screenshot]] above. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search by Text&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter part of the search term and click the Search icon. &#039;&#039;Hover&#039;&#039; to see a &#039;&#039;Tooltip&#039;&#039; indicating which fields will be searched.{{-}}To &#039;Search by ID&#039; enter &amp;quot;id:x&amp;quot;, where &amp;quot;x&amp;quot; is the ID number (for example, &amp;quot;id:19&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click to display the additional filters.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Clear&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click to clear the Filter field and restore the list to its unfiltered state.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ordering&#039;&#039;&#039;. Shows the current list ordering field. 2 ways to change the order:&lt;br /&gt;
**Select from the dropdown list. Ordering may be in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
**Click a column heading. The column heading toggles between ascending and descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Number to Display&#039;&#039;&#039;. Shows the number of items in a list. Select from the dropdown list to change the number displayed.{{-}}The default for a site is &#039;20&#039; but this may be changed in the [[Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration/en#defaultlistlimit|Global Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select State.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use the drop-down list box to select: Read, Unread or Trashed. Only languages with this state will show on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Access.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use the drop-down list box to select: Public, Guest, Registered, Special or Super Users. Only languages with this state will show on the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Automatic Pagination&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the [[#Screenshot|Screenshot]] above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens the editing screen to create a new item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Actions:&#039;&#039;&#039; Reveals a list of actions for selected Items. Check one or more Item checkboxes to activate the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish&#039;&#039;&#039;. Makes the selected items available to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unpublish.&#039;&#039;&#039; Makes the selected items unavailable to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Trash&#039;&#039;&#039;. Changes the status of the selected items to indicate that they are trashed.{{-}}Trashed items can still be recovered by selecting &#039;Trashed&#039; in the &#039;Select Status&#039; filter and changing the status of the articles to Published or Unpublished as preferred.{{-}}To permanently delete trashed items, select &#039;Trashed&#039; in the &#039;Select Status&#039; filter, select the items to be permanently deleted, then click the &#039;Empty Trash&#039; toolbar icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Install Languages.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Help40:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Languages/en|Install Languages Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options.&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*Users can use any Language from the list of installed Languages, either by having it assigned in the [[Help40:Users/en|Users list]] or by filling out a [[Help40:Menu_Item:_New_Item/en#User_Form_Layout/|Menu Items - New/Edit - User Form Layout]] at the Front end. This will cause the Joomla! system prompts to be generated in this Language just for this User. For example, if a User chooses Spanish as their language, then the Search Module will show with prompts in Spanish.&lt;br /&gt;
*This User&#039;s choice is not affected by the Default Language set for the Front-end.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Changing a User&#039;s Language or the Default Language does not affect the web site&#039;s Articles and other content.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: Do not delete the default language files (for example, with FTP). This will create errors on both the Front-end and Back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
*Additional Languages can be added using the [[Help40:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Languages/en|Install Languages Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*If desired, you can show the Front-end site in one Language and show the Back-end administration pages in a different Language. Also, individual articles can be configured to use a different language in the Advanced Parameter pane when editing the Article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
*To install more Languages: [[Help40:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Languages/en|Install Languages Screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
*To uninstall a Language: [[Help40:Extensions:_Manage/en|Extensions - Manage]]&lt;br /&gt;
*To change the Language for a User: [[Help40:Users:_Edit_Profile/en|Users list - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
*To set the Language of an Article: [[Help40:Articles:_Edit/en#Parameters_-_Advanced|Articles list - New/Edit - Parameters - Advanced]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Language Manager Help Screens|Extension Management Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 5.0]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Joomla_Update:_Options&amp;diff=1008346</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Joomla Update: Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Joomla_Update:_Options&amp;diff=1008346"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T14:19:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! Updates Options allows setting of parameters used for updates for Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access==&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|System,Update panel,Joomla}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
**Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Joomla-Update-Options-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Update Source Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Update Channel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Default.&#039;&#039;&#039; For Production sites.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla Next.&#039;&#039;&#039; For ...&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Testing.&#039;&#039;&#039; For Joomla Testers. More fields will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom URL.&#039;&#039;&#039; For Joomla Developers. More fields will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum Stability&#039;&#039;&#039; The minimum stability of the extension updates you would like to see. Development is the least stable, Stable is production quality. If an extension doesn&#039;t specify a level it is assumed to be Stable.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Development.&#039;&#039;&#039; For Joomla Developers sites.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Alpha.&#039;&#039;&#039; For Alpha testing sites.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Beta.&#039;&#039;&#039; For Beta testing sites.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Release Candidate.&#039;&#039;&#039; For Release Candidate sites.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Stable.&#039;&#039;&#039; For Production sites.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom URL&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|configuration}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|configuration}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Close/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|5.0}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Joomla_Update&amp;diff=1008345</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Joomla Update</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Joomla_Update&amp;diff=1008345"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T14:12:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &lt;br /&gt;
This screen allows Joomla! to be updated quickly using an update package from the Joomla! code repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Home Dashboard,Update Checks Panel, Joomla ... icon}} from the Administrator menu. Or... &lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|System,Update Panel,Joomla}} from the Administrator menu..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-joomla-update-manager-screen-default-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are on the latest version of Joomla, so no action required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Functions==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Check for Updates.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click the Toolbar button to see if an updates is available.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The update screen when an update is available.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-joomla-update-manager-with-updates-screen-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Live Update===&lt;br /&gt;
If you are NOT on the latest version of Joomla, you can install the latest update from this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
To do so select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Install the Update&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the Toolbar and Joomla will install the latest core files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The screen while updating.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-joomla-update-manager-updating-screen-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Upload and Update===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Check the size of the update package!&#039;&#039;&#039; If it is larger than your PHP &#039;&#039;upload_max_filesize&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;post_max_size&#039;&#039; it will fail. You may be able to increase these sizes. Otherwise...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-joomla-update-manager-screen-upload-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use this feature to update Joomla if your server is behind a firewall or otherwise unable to contact the update servers. First download the Joomla Upgrade Package in ZIP format from the official Joomla download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Installation method can have the following values:&lt;br /&gt;
* Write files directly&lt;br /&gt;
* Hybrid (use FTP only if needed&lt;br /&gt;
* Write files using FTP&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is advised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===For Developers===&lt;br /&gt;
There are options to select the type of update:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Default.&#039;&#039;&#039; This should be used for production sites.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla Next.&#039;&#039;&#039; For ...&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Testing.&#039;&#039;&#039; For ...&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom URL.&#039;&#039;&#039; For Developers.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the Toolbar to check or change the current selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you set the Custom URL in the Joomla Update Options, after selecting &#039;&#039;&#039;Check for Updates&#039;&#039;&#039; you will see an extra tab, Pre-Update Check:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-joomla-update-manager-screen-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the Live Update panel will be ready to go:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-joomla-update-manager-screen-customen.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &lt;br /&gt;
* You can look at the [[Help5.x:Admin_Modules:_Quick_Icons/en|Joomla! Update Quick Icons]] in the Backend Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Components Help Screens|Update}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Installer:_Options&amp;diff=1008344</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Installer: Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Installer:_Options&amp;diff=1008344"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T14:08:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
Installer Options configuration allows setting of parameters used globally for Installer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access==&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|System,Manage panel,Extensions}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
**Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039; button on the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Installer-Options-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preferences Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla! Extensions Directory.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show message/Hide message) Show or hide the information at the top of the installer page about the Joomla! Extensions Directory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Updates Caching (in hours).&#039;&#039;&#039; For how many hours should Joomla cache update information. This is also the cache time for the Update Notification Plugin, if enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum Stability.&#039;&#039;&#039; The minimum stability of the extension updates you would like to see. Development is the least stable, Stable is production quality.  If an extension doesn&#039;t specify a level it is assumed to be Stable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Installer-Options-Permissions-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the permissions for this extension, do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Group&#039;&#039;&#039; by clicking its title located on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
*Find the desired &#039;&#039;&#039;Action&#039;&#039;&#039;. Possible Actions are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Configure ACL &amp;amp; Optons.&#039;&#039;&#039; Users can edit the options and permissions of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Configure Options Only.&#039;&#039;&#039; Users can edit the options except the permissions of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Administration Interface.&#039;&#039;&#039; Users can access user administration interface of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Create.&#039;&#039;&#039; Users can create content of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete.&#039;&#039;&#039; Users can delete content of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit.&#039;&#039;&#039; Users can edit content of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State.&#039;&#039;&#039; User can change the published state and related information for content of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Own.&#039;&#039;&#039; Users can edit own created content of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the desired permission for the action you wish to change. Possible settings are:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Inherited.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Inherited for users in this Group from the Global Configuration permissions of this extension.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Allowed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Allowed for users in this Group. Note that, if this action is Denied at one of the higher levels, the Allowed permission here will not take effect. A Denied setting cannot be overridden.&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Denied.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Denied for users in this Group.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Save&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;Toolbar&#039;&#039;&#039; at top. When the screen refreshes, the Calculated Setting column will show the effective permission for this Group and Action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save.&#039;&#039;&#039; Saves the Installer options and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the Installer options and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Options Configuration Help Screens|Components Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Information:_Warnings&amp;diff=1008343</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Information: Warnings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Information:_Warnings&amp;diff=1008343"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T14:03:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &lt;br /&gt;
This screen will display any warnings related to extensions you have installed in your Joomla! installation. Warnings such as possible conflicts in your installation or dependency failures may appear here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|System,Information Panel,Warning}} from the Administrator menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help4x-Extensions-Extension-Manager-Warnings-screen-en.png‎|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the [[#Screenshot|Screenshot]] above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options.&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Install.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Help5.x:Extensions:_Install/en|Install Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Update.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Help5.x:Extensions:_Update/en|Update Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Manage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Help5.x:Extensions:_Manage/en|Manage Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Discover.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Help5.x:Extensions:_Discover/en|Discover Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Help5.x:Information:_Database/en|Database Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Warnings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Help5.x:Information:_Warnings/en|Warnings Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Install Languages.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Help5.x:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Languages/en|Install Languages Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Update Sites.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Help5.x:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Update_Sites/en|Update Sites Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Extension Management Help Screens|Extension Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 5.0]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Help_Screens_by_Key&amp;diff=1008324</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Help Screens by Key</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Help_Screens_by_Key&amp;diff=1008324"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T13:48:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &lt;br /&gt;
This screen will display any warnings related to extensions you have installed in your Joomla! installation. Warnings such as possible conflicts in your installation or dependency failures may appear here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|System,Information Panel,Warning}} from the Administrator menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help4x-Extensions-Extension-Manager-Warnings-screen-en.png‎|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the [[#Screenshot|Screenshot]] above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options.&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Install.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Help40:Extensions:_Install/en|Install Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Update.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Help40:Extensions:_Update/en|Update Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Manage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Help40:Extensions:_Manage/en|Manage Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Discover.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Help40:Extensions:_Discover/en|Discover Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Help40:Information:_Database/en|Database Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Warnings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Help40:Information:_Warnings/en|Warnings Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Install Languages.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Help40:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Languages/en|Install Languages Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Update Sites.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[Help40:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Update_Sites/en|Update Sites Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Extension Management Help Screens|Extension Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 5.0]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Users:_Edit_Profile&amp;diff=1008219</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Users: Edit Profile</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Users:_Edit_Profile&amp;diff=1008219"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T13:23:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The User Edit screen is used to create a new user or edit an existing user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing user:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Users,Manage}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
** Search for the required user and select the name link in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new user:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Users,Manage}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the Toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
* Or... Select {{rarr|Users,Manage,Plus icon}} from the Administrator menu.&lt;br /&gt;
* Or... Select {{rarr|Users,Dashboard icon}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus&#039;&#039;&#039; icon from the Users panel.&lt;br /&gt;
* Or... Select {{rarr|Home Dashboard,Site Panel,Users Plus icon}} starting from the Administrator menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-4x-users-user-manager-add-new-user-en.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
===Account Details===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter the name of the user.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Login Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter the login name (Username) for the user.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. Fill in a (new) password. Although this field is not required, the user will not be able to log in when no password is set.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. Fill in the password from the field above again, to verify it. This field is required when you filled in the New password field.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter an email address for the user.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Registration Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Registration Date of the user. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Last Visit Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Date the user visited the site last time. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Last Reset Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Date and time of last password reset.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Password Reset Count&#039;&#039;&#039;. Number of password resets since starting the last reset time.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Receive System Emails&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;) If set to yes, the user will receive system emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Status&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Blocked&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Enabled&#039;&#039;) Enable or block this user.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Require Password Reset&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;) If set to yes, the user will have to reset their password the next time they log into the site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ID&#039;&#039;&#039;. Record number in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assigned User Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-4x-users-user-manager-add-new-user-assigned-user-groups-en.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|basicsettings}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-4x-users-user-manager-add-new-user-basic-settings-en.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backend Template Style&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Use Default&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Hathor - Default&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;isis - Default&#039;&#039;) Select the template style for the Administrator Backend interface. This will only affect this User.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backend Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Use Default&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;English (United Kingdom)&#039;&#039;) Select the Language for the Administrator Backend interface. This will only affect this User.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Frontend Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Use Default&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;English (United Kingdom)&#039;&#039;) Select the Language for the frontend interface. This will only affect this User.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Use Default&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Editor - CodeMirror&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Editor - None&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Editor - TinyMCE&#039;&#039;) Editor for this user.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- *&#039;&#039;&#039;Help Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Use Default&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;English (GB) - Joomla help wiki&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Français (FR) - Aide de Joomla!&#039;&#039;) Help site for this user. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Time Zone&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Use Default&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Abidjan&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Accra&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Addis Ababa&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Algiers&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Asmara&#039;&#039;/...) Time zone for this user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Accessibility Settings ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-4x-users-user-manager-super-user-accessibility-settings-en.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Monochrome&#039;&#039;&#039;. Yes/No&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;High Contrast&#039;&#039;&#039;. Yes/No&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Highlight Links&#039;&#039;&#039;. Yes/No&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Increase Font Size&#039;&#039;&#039;. Yes/No&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== User Actions Log Options &#039;&#039;(tab available for Super Users only)&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-4x-users-user-manager-super-user-actionslog-settings-en.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send notifications for User Actions Log&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Yes/No&#039;&#039;) If set to yes, the User will receive user actions log notification by email&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select events to be notified for&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the user actions log notifications to be sent by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== W3C Web Authentication (WebAuthn) Login ===&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is only present when the site is accessed using https. To set up passwordless login you need a hardware device, available from Amazon and similar outlets for about &amp;amp;pound;15, or a device with fingerprint or face recognition or similar biometric software. You may add more than one authenticator. Once set up, you can login by clicking the Web Authentication button in the Login form and then pressing the button on the device when prompted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is present but cannot be used in the User edit form because passwordless login can only be set up by the individual user via the Edit Profile form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Joomla API Token ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is used to manage the security tokens used for authenticating to the Joomla API application (remote access to your site). If you are not sure what this does chances are you don&#039;t need it and can safely ignore these settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The token is only visible for your own account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Multi-factor Authentication ===&lt;br /&gt;
This tab allows you to set one or more methods to allow access to your account after login with Username and Password. It is only present when editing your own profile. There are several methods available. If you lose access to one method for any reason you can choose another method from the post-login verification screen. The alternative methods must have been set up in advance!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Backup Codes ====&lt;br /&gt;
This method generates a set of numbers that you can save or print. Each number can be used only once, so remember to amend your list after use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Verification code ====&lt;br /&gt;
An extra form to fill out with alternative methods of setting up the code. Have a look and click the Cancel button if you decide not to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Yubi Key ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is for another type of hardware key that provides a code on a screen display. Have a look and select Cancel if you decide not to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Web Authentication ====&lt;br /&gt;
For a hardware device with a button to press. Have a look and select Cancel if you decide not to proceed. Note that this method will be bypassed if you use the separate WebAuthn Login method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Code by Email ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this method a code is sent to your email address. You will be prompted to enter that code to gain site access. It is a one-time code. A new one is sent for every login. Have a look and select Cancel if you decide not to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the [[#Screenshot|Screenshot]] above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and keeps the editing screen open and ready to create another item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made. Or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made. This toolbar icon is not shown if you are creating a new item.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Activate &amp;amp; Send Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Activate the user and send an email notifying that their account has been activated. -OR-&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Send Activation Reminder.&#039;&#039;&#039; An email will be sent to the user notifying that their account has been activated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*Name, Login Name, and Email are required.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you did not fill in a particular language, editor, help site and/or time zone, the default settings from the Global Configuration, Language Manager and/or Template Manager are set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help4.x:Users/en|Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help4.x:Users:_Groups/en|Users: Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial/en|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Users:_Edit_Viewing_Access_Level&amp;diff=1008200</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Users: Edit Viewing Access Level</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Users:_Edit_Viewing_Access_Level&amp;diff=1008200"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T13:19:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
Access levels control which users can view which objects on your site. Objects include menu items, modules, categories, and component items (articles, contacts, and so on). Each object in the site is assigned to one access level. User groups are also assigned to each access level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a user is a member of a group that in turn has permission for an access level, then that user can view all objects assigned to that access level. It is important to understand that user groups can be arranged in a parent-child hierarchy. If so, then a child group has access to all access levels that the parent group has access to. So you don&#039;t need to assign a child group access to levels that its parent group already has access to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Users,Access Levels}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
** Select a link from the &#039;&#039;&#039;Level Name&#039;&#039;&#039; column to edit an existing level. Or...&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the New button to create a new access level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-4x-users-user-manager-add-new-viewing-access-level-en.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Level Details ==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Level Title:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a Title for this Access level.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Groups With Viewing Access&#039;&#039;&#039; Check any Group to have this Access Level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==User Groups With Viewing Access==&lt;br /&gt;
Select a check box to add a user group to a viewing level. In the example shown all Groups are children of Public so it not necessary to check any of the child groups. They inherit the Public access permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
This feature should only be used for custom groups!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the [[#Screenshot|Screenshot]] above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and keeps the editing screen open and ready to create another item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you add a new group, you may need to edit any access levels that this group should have access to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/en|Users: Viewing Access Levels]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users:_Groups/en|User Manager: User: Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial/en|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|User Manager Help Screens|ACL Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Users:_Groups&amp;diff=1008182</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Users: Groups</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Users:_Groups&amp;diff=1008182"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T13:16:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
User Groups control what actions a user may take on the site and which objects a user can view. This screen allows you to create, view, edit, and delete User Groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Users,Groups}} from the Administrator menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-users-user-manager-user-groups-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the users from your Joomla! site, you will see different columns. Here you can read what they mean and what is displayed in that column.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Group Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the group.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Permissions&#039;&#039;&#039;. Link to The Advanced Permissions Report which maps out the exact permissions for any given user group across all assets on your Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enabled users&#039;&#039;&#039;. (Tick) The number of enabled users in this group.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Disabled users&#039;&#039;&#039;. (X) The number of disabled users in this group.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the search bar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search&#039;&#039;&#039;. Filter by Partial Group Name or Group ID. Enter part of the group&#039;s name and press the Search icon to find matching names. Press Clear to clear the search field and restore the list of groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the toolbar shown in the Screenshot above.&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens the editing screen to create a new user group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete:&#039;&#039;&#039; Deletes the selected user groups. Works with one or multiple user groups selected. If you delete a group that has users assigned to it, those users will lose the permissions they had from that group. It is recommended to remove all users from a group before you delete the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options.&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the name of a group to edit the group&#039;s properties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users:_New_or_Edit_Group/en|Users: New or Edit Group]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users:_Options/en|Users: Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users/en|Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/en|Users: Viewing Access Levels]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial/en|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Users:_New_or_Edit_Group&amp;diff=1008181</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Users: New or Edit Group</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Users:_New_or_Edit_Group&amp;diff=1008181"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T13:13:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! is installed with set of User Groups suitable for management of standard sites. The default groups should not be edited! New groups can be created for special purposes. For example, you may wish to create a group allowed access to one component only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Users,Groups}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; button from the Toolbar. Or...&lt;br /&gt;
** Select a link from the &#039;&#039;&#039;Group Title&#039;&#039;&#039; column to edit an existing group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-4x-users-user-manager-add-new-user-group-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User Group Details ==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Group Title:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a Title for the Group.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Group Parent:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Public&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Guest&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Manager&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Registered&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;/...). Choose a Parent for this Group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User Groups control what actions a user can take on the site. Actions include things like creating a new article, changing options for a component, or logging in. The site administrator assigns permissions for various actions to each group. Permissions for actions can be assigned at different levels in the component hierarchy (Global Configuration, component options, categories, and articles). If a user does not have permission for a given action, the user cannot perform that action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User groups also control which objects a user can view on the site. Objects include categories, articles, modules, menu items, and others. When you create an access level, one or more user groups are assigned to it. Then, when you create an object (such as a menu item or module), the object is assigned an access level. If a user is a member of a group that is assigned to an access level, this user can view any object assigned to that access level. If not, then that user cannot view that object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User groups can be arranged in a hierarchy. If so, then all child groups inherit the action permissions and access levels of a parent group. If used wisely, this feature can save a lot of time setting up your security system, since it means that you don&#039;t have to enter duplicate setup information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the toolbar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and keeps the editing screen open and ready to create another item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If a new group will have similar permissions to an existing group, you can save work by making the new group a child of the existing group. That way, you only need to change the permissions that are different for the new group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help5.x:Users:_Groups/en|Users: Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial/en|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 5.0]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Users:_Options&amp;diff=1008156</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Users: Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Users:_Options&amp;diff=1008156"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T13:05:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User Options set globally for all users include&lt;br /&gt;
*Captcha,&lt;br /&gt;
*registration allowed and type of registration,&lt;br /&gt;
*default user group for new users,&lt;br /&gt;
*reset password or username counter,&lt;br /&gt;
*new user registration email notice to administration and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Users,Manage}}&lt;br /&gt;
*click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Options&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Users-Options-screen-en.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===User Options=== &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow User Registration&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
**Yes: Users can register from the Frontend of the site using the &#039;Create an Account&#039; link provided on the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site_Modules:_Login{{#translation:}}|Login module]].&lt;br /&gt;
**No: The &#039;Create an Account&#039; link will not show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;New User Registration Group&#039;&#039;&#039;. The [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users:_Groups{{#translation:}}|group]] that users are assigned to by default when they register on the site. Defaults to &#039;Registered&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Guest User Group&#039;&#039;&#039;. The group that guests are assigned to (Guests are visitors to the site who are not logged in). It is possible to create content on the site that is visible to guests but not visible to logged in users. [https://magazine.joomla.org/all-issues/june-2021/explore-the-core-controlling-user-access? Learn more.]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;Yes&#039; the user&#039;s first password will be emailed to the user as part of the registration mail.{{anchor|newuseraccountactivation}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;New User Account Activation&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**None: User account will be active immediately with no action required.&lt;br /&gt;
**Self: User will receive an email with an activation link. The account will be activated when the user clicks the activation link.&lt;br /&gt;
**Administrator: User will receive an email with an activation link. When the user clicks this link, the Site Admin will be notified via email and the Site Admin needs to activate the user&#039;s account.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Mail to Administrators&#039;&#039;&#039;. Send email notification to administrators with &#039;New User Account Activation&#039; set to &#039;None&#039; or &#039;Self&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Captcha&#039;&#039;&#039;. Use [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration{{#translation:}}#captcha|Captcha]] for User Account Registration, User Password reminder and Username reminder. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Frontend User Parameters&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
**Show: Users will be able to modify their [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile{{#translation:}}#basicssettings|Basic Settings]] from the Frontend of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
**Hide: User will not be able to change these settings.&lt;br /&gt;
**Frontend Language. Default site language.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Change Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. Allow user to change Username.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Domain Options===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Users-Options-email-domain-subscreen-en.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Domain Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter a list of allowed and disallowed email domains. By default, all domains are allowed.{{-}}Wildcards (*) are supported. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; (Asterisk): Allows or disallows all domains&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;: Allows or disallows all &#039;.com&#039; domains&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*.joomla.org&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;: Allows or disallows all &#039;joomla.org&#039; subdomains.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Rule&#039;&#039;&#039; Select whether to allow or disallow the domain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Password Options===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Users-Options-password-subscreen-en.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Reset Count&#039;&#039;&#039;. The maximum number of password resets allowed within the time period. Zero indicates no limit.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Reset Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. The time period, in hours, for the reset counter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum Length&#039;&#039;&#039;. Set the minimum length for a password.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum Integers&#039;&#039;&#039;. Set the minimum number of integers that must be included in a password.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum Symbols&#039;&#039;&#039;. Set the minimum number of symbols (such as !@#$) required in a password.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum Upper Case&#039;&#039;&#039;. Set the minimum number of upper case alphabetical characters required for a password.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Minimum Lower Case&#039;&#039;&#039;. Set the minimum number of lower case alphabetical characters required for a password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multi-factor Authentication===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Users-Options-multi-factor-authentication-subscreen-en.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allowed frontend module positions&#039;&#039;&#039;. When displaying the frontend Multi-factor Authentication page all modules will be hidden except those in the positions selected here.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show title in frontend&#039;&#039;&#039;. Display a title in the frontend Multi-factor Authentication verification page? Please note that the title is always displayed in the backend. If you need to change the title please override the language key &#039;COM_USERS_HEADING_MFA&#039; using [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Languages:_Overrides{{#translation:}}|Languages: Overrides]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allowed backend module positions&#039;&#039;&#039;. When displaying the backend Multi-factor Authentication page all modules will be hidden except those in the positions selected here. Please note that modules in the &#039;title&#039; position are always shown: this is required to show the backend page icon and title.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Disable Multi-factor Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. Any user who belongs in &#039;&#039;any&#039;&#039; of the selected user groups will be exempt from Multi-factor Authentication. Even if they have set up Multi-factor Authentication methods they will not be asked to use them when they are logging in, nor will they be able to view them, remove them, or change their configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enforce Multi-factor Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. Any user who belongs in &#039;&#039;any&#039;&#039; of the selected user groups will be required to enable Multi-factor Authentication before being able to use the site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Frontend template style&#039;&#039;&#039;. Choose the frontend template style to use in the Multi-factor Authentication page. Select &#039;Use Default&amp;quot; to use the default site template style.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Multi-factor Authentication after silent login&#039;&#039;&#039;. Should the user have to go through Multi-factor Authentication after a silent user login? Silent logins are those which do not require a username and password for example the Remember Me feature, WebAuthn etc.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Silent login authentication response types (for experts)&#039;&#039;&#039;. For experts. A comma–separated list of Joomla authentication response types which are considered silent logins. The default is &#039;cookie&#039; (the Remember Me feature) and &#039;passwordless&#039; (WebAuthn).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Onboard new users&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the user has not yet set up Multi-factor Authentication and this option is enabled they will be redirected to the Multi-factor Authentication setup page or the custom URL you set up below. This is meant to be a simple way to to let your users know that Multi-factor Authentication is an option on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom redirection URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. If it&#039;s not empty redirects to this URL instead of the Multi-factor Authentication setup page when the option above is enabled.{{-}}Warning: This must be a URL inside your site. You cannot log in to an external link or to a different subdomain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===User Notes History===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Users-Options-user-notes-history-subscreen-en.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Versions&#039;&#039;&#039;. Save version history for User Notes.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Versions&#039;&#039;&#039;. The maximum number of versions to store for a User Note. If a User Note is saved and the maximum number of versions has been reached, the oldest version will be deleted automatically. If set to 0, then versions will never be deleted automatically. [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Version_History{{#translation:}}|Learn more.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mass Mail Users===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Users-Options-mass-mail-users-subscreen-en.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subject Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter optional text to be inserted automatically before the subject of the mass email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mailbody Suffix&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter optional text to be inserted automatically after the body of the email (for example, a signature). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Users-Options-integration-subscreen-en.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section lets you set up the default [[S:MyLanguage/Access_Control_List{{#translation:}}|Access Control List]] permissions for all users.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Users-Options-permissions-subscreen-en.png|600px|none]] &lt;br /&gt;
To change the permissions for users, do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Group&#039;&#039;&#039; by clicking its title located on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the desired &#039;&#039;&#039;Action&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#*&#039;&#039;&#039;Configure ACL &amp;amp; Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. Users can edit the options and permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
#*&#039;&#039;&#039;Configure Options Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. Users can edit the options exept the permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
#*&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Administration Interface&#039;&#039;&#039;. Users can access user administration interface.&lt;br /&gt;
#*&#039;&#039;&#039;Create&#039;&#039;&#039;. Users can create users.&lt;br /&gt;
#*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;. Users can delete users.&lt;br /&gt;
#*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039;. Users can edit users.&lt;br /&gt;
#*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State&#039;&#039;&#039;. User can change the published state and related information.&lt;br /&gt;
#*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Custom Field Value&#039;&#039;&#039;. Users can edit any value of custom fields submitted in users.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the desired permission for the action you wish to change.&lt;br /&gt;
#*&#039;&#039;&#039;Inherited&#039;&#039;&#039;. Inherited for users in this Group from the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration{{#translation:}}#permissions|Global Configuration]] permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
#*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allowed&#039;&#039;&#039;. Allowed for users in this Group.{{-}}Note: If this action is Denied at one of the higher levels, the Allowed permission here will not take effect. A Denied setting cannot be overridden.&lt;br /&gt;
#*&#039;&#039;&#039;Denied&#039;&#039;&#039;. Denied for users in this Group.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Save&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;Toolbar&#039;&#039;&#039; at top. When the screen refreshes, the Calculated Setting column will show the effective permission for this Group and Action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the [[#screenshot|Screenshot]] above.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the users options and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the users options and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Toggle Inline Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show help text below some options.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_related_Users/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels&amp;diff=1008122</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Users: Viewing Access Levels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels&amp;diff=1008122"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T12:58:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of User Access Levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Select {{rarr|Users,Access Levels}} from the Administrator menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-users-user-manager-viewing-access-levels-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the Access Levels from your Joomla! site, you will see different columns. Here you can read what they mean and what is displayed in that column.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Order/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Level Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the access level.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Groups Having Viewing Access&#039;&#039;&#039;. The groups that have viewing access.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the filter bar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter part of the level&#039;s name and press the Search icon to find matching names. Press &#039;Clear&#039; to clear the search field and restore the list of levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/en|access level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Edit/en|access level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Delete/en|access levels}} Note that you cannot delete an access level that is currently being used. If you try to delete an access level that is assigned, a message showing where it is assigned will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the name of an access level to edit it.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the Column Headers to sort the users by that column, ascending or descending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users:_Edit_Viewing_Access_Level/en|Users: Edit Viewing Access Level]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users:_Options/en|Users: Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users/en|Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users:_Groups/en|Users: Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial/en|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3.x]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|User Manager Help Screens|Components Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Home_Dashboard&amp;diff=1008121</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Home Dashboard</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Home_Dashboard&amp;diff=1008121"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T12:54:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Home Dashboard consists of configurable panels providing access to many default Joomla functions and features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Backend,Login}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Home-Dashboard-screen-en.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sub-panels that make up the Home Dashboard illustrated above are Administrator modules. Each can be unpublished via its configuration icon or published via the list of administrator modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More modules can be added to suit the Administrator&#039;s purposes. [[Help4.x:Modules/en|Learn more.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left part of each icon links to the list of items. The right part, the Plus symbol, links to the form to create a new item.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Users/en|Users]]. Create/delete users, change passwords, modify language and time preferences, and switch which WYSIWYG editor the user has access too. You can also assign users to User Groups, limiting to which aspects of the site they have access.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Articles/en|Articles]]. Manage all of your current articles.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Articles:_Categories/en|Article Categories]]. Create new categories, and publish/unpublish existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Media/en|Media]]. Manage files on your web server. You can delete existing files or upload different ones from your hard drive. You can also create new directories on your web server&#039;s file system.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Modules/en|Modules]]. Control the location and function of modules that are installed on the site.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Plugins/en|Plugins]]. Enable and disable plugins, edit a plugin&#039;s details and options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;System&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Maintenance:_Global_Check-in/en|Global Checkin]]. Check-in of all currently pending or locked items.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Maintenance:_Clear_Cache/en|Cache]]. Deletes all Cache files from the cache folders, including current ones, from your web server. &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Site_Global_Configuration/en|Global Configuration]]. The global configuration has parameters that, when adjusted, will effect your entire Joomla site. This makes the Global Configuration perhaps one of the most important areas in your Joomla Backend. Here you can change many options including, but certainly not limited to: Time Zone, Language, Server Configurations, Session settings, and Meta Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access from all pages: click the Joomla Logo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Articles:_Edit/en|New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Menus/en|Menus]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Templates:_Styles/en|Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Languages:_Installed/en|Language(s)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Extensions:_Install/en|Install Extensions]]&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Portal:Joomla_4/en|Portal]] brings together information related specifically to Joomla! 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{cathelp|5.0|Site Control Panel Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menus&amp;diff=1008091</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Menus</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menus&amp;diff=1008091"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T12:47:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
Menus allow a user to navigate through the site. A menu is an object which contains one or more menu items. Each menu item points to a logical page on the site. A menu module is required to place the menu on the page. One menu can have more than one module. For example, one module might show only the first level menu items and a second module might show the level 2 menu items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Menus list provides an overview of the menus available on a Joomla site. This includes the details of each individual menu&#039;s number of items published, unpublished and trashed, and the names of linked modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process for adding a menu to the site is normally as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# Create a new menu (using this screen).&lt;br /&gt;
# Create one or more new menu items for the menu. Each menu item will have a specific menu item type.&lt;br /&gt;
# Create one or more menu modules to display the menu on the site. When you create the modules, you will select which menu items (pages) the modules will show on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access==&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,Manage}} from the Administrator menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-menus-menu-manager-menus-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the title of a column will sort the table view by the column. A down arrow next to the column title means ascending order and an up arrow means descending order. The default sort is by &#039;&#039;&#039;ID#&#039;&#039;&#039; in ascending order.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the menu.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Published&#039;&#039;&#039;. Number of published menu items in this menu.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Unpublished&#039;&#039;&#039;. Number of unpublished menu items in this menu.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Trashed&#039;&#039;&#039;. Number of trashed menu items in this menu.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Linked Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Lists any menu modules associated with the menu. The column shows the module&#039;s name, access level, and position on template.  &lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the [[#Screenshot|Screenshot]] above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens the editing screen to create a new menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens the editing screen for the selected menu. If more than one menu is selected (where applicable), only the first menu will be opened. The editing screen can also be opened by clicking on the Name of the menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete:&#039;&#039;&#039; Deletes the selected menus. Works with one or multiple menus selected. Deleting a menu also deletes all the menu items it contains and any associated menu modules. On clicking Delete you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the selected menus. Clicking OK button will delete the menus. Click Cancel to abort the deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Rebuild.&#039;&#039;&#039; Reconstructs and refreshes the menu table. Normally, you do &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; need to rebuild this table. This function is provided in case the data in the table becomes corrupted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options.&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited. See [[S:MyLanguage/Help5.x:Components_Menus_Configuration|Menus Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* It is expedient to give a descriptive title for new menus because, later, you will see it in the &#039;&#039;Backend Menus&#039;&#039; menu. It is a good idea to fill in the &#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039; field with information about the menu. If you enter a short title in the &#039;&#039;Module title&#039;&#039; field, you can identify the menu&#039;s  module using that title in the Module Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
* Though you can create a copy of a selected menu by clicking the &#039;&#039;Copy&#039;&#039; toolbar button, you can make another instance in the Module Manager as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you create a new menu, use only English alphanumeric characters without space in the Unique Name field. It is a good idea using only a-z, 0-9 and underscore (_) characters.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you don&#039;t enter a &#039;&#039;Module title&#039;&#039;, no module will be created and the menu cannot be displayed in the front end. However you can use the Module Manager later to create a new mod_mainmenu module, and assign it to the menu.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you delete an existing menu, do not forget that all the menu items of the respective menu will be also deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Main Menu has your default menu item, so it &#039;&#039;&#039;should not be deleted&#039;&#039;&#039;.  The default menu item is defines the page that is displayed when you visit www.&#039;&#039;yoursite&#039;&#039;.com, and your site will not function if it is deleted. It is usually your Home menu item but it can be set to any menu item including a menu item in a hidden menu.  If you change the default menu item, make sure that you don&#039;t delete that menu item either! The menu with the default menu item is marked with an asterisk (*) in the &#039;&#039;Menus&#039;&#039; menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add new Menus: [[Help5.x:Menus:_Edit/en|Menu Manager New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To set action permissions for menus: [[Help5.x:Menus:_Options/en|Menus Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Menu Items: [[Help5.x:Menus:_Items/en|Menu Item Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Menu Modules: [[Help5.x:Menu_Item:_New_Item/en|Module Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Menu Manager Help Screens|Menus Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menus&amp;diff=1008090</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Menus</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Menus&amp;diff=1008090"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T12:46:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
Menus allow a user to navigate through the site. A menu is an object which contains one or more menu items. Each menu item points to a logical page on the site. A menu module is required to place the menu on the page. One menu can have more than one module. For example, one module might show only the first level menu items and a second module might show the level 2 menu items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Menus list provides an overview of the menus available on a Joomla site. This includes the details of each individual menu&#039;s number of items published, unpublished and trashed, and the names of linked modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process for adding a menu to the site is normally as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# Create a new menu (using this screen).&lt;br /&gt;
# Create one or more new menu items for the menu. Each menu item will have a specific menu item type.&lt;br /&gt;
# Create one or more menu modules to display the menu on the site. When you create the modules, you will select which menu items (pages) the modules will show on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access==&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,Manage}} from the Administrator menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-menus-menu-manager-menus-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the title of a column will sort the table view by the column. A down arrow next to the column title means ascending order and an up arrow means descending order. The default sort is by &#039;&#039;&#039;ID#&#039;&#039;&#039; in ascending order.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the menu.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Published&#039;&#039;&#039;. Number of published menu items in this menu.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Unpublished&#039;&#039;&#039;. Number of unpublished menu items in this menu.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Trashed&#039;&#039;&#039;. Number of trashed menu items in this menu.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Linked Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Lists any menu modules associated with the menu. The column shows the module&#039;s name, access level, and position on template.  &lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the [[#Screenshot|Screenshot]] above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens the editing screen to create a new menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens the editing screen for the selected menu. If more than one menu is selected (where applicable), only the first menu will be opened. The editing screen can also be opened by clicking on the Name of the menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete:&#039;&#039;&#039; Deletes the selected menus. Works with one or multiple menus selected. Deleting a menu also deletes all the menu items it contains and any associated menu modules. On clicking Delete you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the selected menus. Clicking OK button will delete the menus. Click Cancel to abort the deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Rebuild.&#039;&#039;&#039; Reconstructs and refreshes the menu table. Normally, you do &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; need to rebuild this table. This function is provided in case the data in the table becomes corrupted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options.&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited. See [[S:MyLanguage/Help5.x:Components_Menus_Configuration|Menus Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* It is expedient to give a descriptive title for new menus because, later, you will see it in the &#039;&#039;Backend Menus&#039;&#039; menu. It is a good idea to fill in the &#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039; field with information about the menu. If you enter a short title in the &#039;&#039;Module title&#039;&#039; field, you can identify the menu&#039;s  module using that title in the Module Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
* Though you can create a copy of a selected menu by clicking the &#039;&#039;Copy&#039;&#039; toolbar button, you can make another instance in the Module Manager as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you create a new menu, use only English alphanumeric characters without space in the Unique Name field. It is a good idea using only a-z, 0-9 and underscore (_) characters.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you don&#039;t enter a &#039;&#039;Module title&#039;&#039;, no module will be created and the menu cannot be displayed in the front end. However you can use the Module Manager later to create a new mod_mainmenu module, and assign it to the menu.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you delete an existing menu, do not forget that all the menu items of the respective menu will be also deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Main Menu has your default menu item, so it &#039;&#039;&#039;should not be deleted&#039;&#039;&#039;.  The default menu item is defines the page that is displayed when you visit www.&#039;&#039;yoursite&#039;&#039;.com, and your site will not function if it is deleted. It is usually your Home menu item but it can be set to any menu item including a menu item in a hidden menu.  If you change the default menu item, make sure that you don&#039;t delete that menu item either! The menu with the default menu item is marked with an asterisk (*) in the &#039;&#039;Menus&#039;&#039; menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To add new Menus: [[Help5.x:Menus:_Edit/en|Menu Manager New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To set action permissions for menus: [[Help5.x:Menus:_Options/en|Menus Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Menu Items: [[Help5.x:Menus:_Items/en|Menu Item Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Menu Modules: [[Help5.x:Menu_Item:_New_Item/en|Module Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|50|Menu Manager Help Screens|Menus Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Home_Dashboard&amp;diff=1008065</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Home Dashboard</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Home_Dashboard&amp;diff=1008065"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T12:35:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Home Dashboard consists of configurable panels providing access to many default Joomla functions and features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Backend,Login}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Home-Dashboard-screen-en.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sub-panels that make up the Home Dashboard illustrated above are Administrator modules. Each can be unpublished via its configuration icon or published via the list of administrator modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More modules can be added to suit the Administrator&#039;s purposes. [[Help4.x:Modules/en|Learn more.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left part of each icon links to the list of items. The right part, the Plus symbol, links to the form to create a new item.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Users/en|Users]]. Create/delete users, change passwords, modify language and time preferences, and switch which WYSIWYG editor the user has access too. You can also assign users to User Groups, limiting to which aspects of the site they have access.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Articles/en|Articles]]. Manage all of your current articles.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Articles:_Categories/en|Article Categories]]. Create new categories, and publish/unpublish existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Media/en|Media]]. Manage files on your web server. You can delete existing files or upload different ones from your hard drive. You can also create new directories on your web server&#039;s file system.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Modules/en|Modules]]. Control the location and function of modules that are installed on the site.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Plugins/en|Plugins]]. Enable and disable plugins, edit a plugin&#039;s details and options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;System&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Maintenance:_Global_Check-in/en|Global Checkin]]. Check-in of all currently pending or locked items.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Maintenance:_Clear_Cache/en|Cache]]. Deletes all Cache files from the cache folders, including current ones, from your web server. &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration/en|Global Configuration]]. The global configuration has parameters that, when adjusted, will effect your entire Joomla site. This makes the Global Configuration perhaps one of the most important areas in your Joomla Backend. Here you can change many options including, but certainly not limited to: Time Zone, Language, Server Configurations, Session settings, and Meta Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access from all pages: click the Joomla Logo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Articles:_Edit/en|New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Menus/en|Menus]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Templates:_Styles/en|Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Languages:_Installed/en|Language(s)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Extensions:_Install/en|Install Extensions]]&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Portal:Joomla_4/en|Portal]] brings together information related specifically to Joomla! 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{cathelp|4.0|Site Control Panel Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Home_Dashboard&amp;diff=1008054</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Home Dashboard</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Home_Dashboard&amp;diff=1008054"/>
		<updated>2023-07-09T12:33:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Home Dashboard consists of configurable panels providing access to many default Joomla functions and features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Backend,Login}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Home-Dashboard-screen-en.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sub-panels that make up the Home Dashboard illustrated above are Administrator modules. Each can be unpublished via its configuration icon or published via the list of administrator modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More modules can be added to suit the Administrator&#039;s purposes. [[Help4.x:Modules/en|Learn more.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left part of each icon links to the list of items. The right part, the Plus symbol, links to the form to create a new item.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Users/en|Users]]. Create/delete users, change passwords, modify language and time preferences, and switch which WYSIWYG editor the user has access too. You can also assign users to User Groups, limiting to which aspects of the site they have access.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Articles/en|Articles]]. Manage all of your current articles.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Articles:_Categories/en|Article Categories]]. Create new categories, and publish/unpublish existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Media/en|Media]]. Manage files on your web server. You can delete existing files or upload different ones from your hard drive. You can also create new directories on your web server&#039;s file system.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Modules/en|Modules]]. Control the location and function of modules that are installed on the site.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Plugins/en|Plugins]]. Enable and disable plugins, edit a plugin&#039;s details and options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;System&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Maintenance:_Global_Check-in/en|Global Checkin]]. Check-in of all currently pending or locked items.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Maintenance:_Clear_Cache/en|Cache]]. Deletes all Cache files from the cache folders, including current ones, from your web server. &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration/en|Global Configuration]]. The global configuration has parameters that, when adjusted, will effect your entire Joomla site. This makes the Global Configuration perhaps one of the most important areas in your Joomla Backend. Here you can change many options including, but certainly not limited to: Time Zone, Language, Server Configurations, Session settings, and Meta Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access from all pages: click the Joomla Logo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Articles:_Edit/en|New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Menus/en|Menus]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Templates:_Styles/en|Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Languages:_Installed/en|Language(s)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help4.x:Extensions:_Install/en|Install Extensions]]&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Portal:Joomla_4/en|Portal]] brings together information related specifically to Joomla 4.&lt;br /&gt;
{{cathelp|4.0|Site Control Panel Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Workflows_List&amp;diff=1007264</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Workflows List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Workflows_List&amp;diff=1007264"/>
		<updated>2023-07-08T15:37:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Publishing Workflow component is used to replace static states (unpublished, published, trashed and archived) with a more generic approach. This way you can easily create a customized workflow to manage your articles within a component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information see the [[J4.x:Workflow/en|Workflow Tutorial]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access==&lt;br /&gt;
*Enable Workflows in {{rarr|Content,Articles,Options,Integration Tab}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
**Select {{rarr|Content,Workflows}} in the Administrator menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-components-workflows-list-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headings==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Ordering/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Name/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Default.&#039;&#039;&#039; If there is more than one workflow. Select to set the default.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Stages.&#039;&#039;&#039; The number of stages in the workflow. Select to view the stages list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition.&#039;&#039;&#039; The number of transitions. Select to view the transitions list.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Search bar.&#039;&#039;&#039; This is a common feature of most Lists. The layout is as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-colheader-filter-field-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search by Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter part of the search term and click the Search icon. The search may be of one or more fields. &#039;&#039;Hover&#039;&#039; to see a &#039;&#039;Tooltip&#039;&#039; indicating which fields will be searched. In some cases a different format is required. For Example, to &#039;&#039;&#039;Search by ID&#039;&#039;&#039; enter &amp;quot;id:xx&amp;quot;, where &amp;quot;xx&amp;quot; is the item ID number (for example, &amp;quot;id:9&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click to display or hide the additional filters.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Clear.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click to clear the Filter field and restore the list to its unfiltered state.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ordering.&#039;&#039;&#039; Shows the current table ordering field. Select from the drop down list to change the order or click a column heading. Ordering may be in ascending or descending order. The column heading toggles between ascending and descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Number to Display.&#039;&#039;&#039; Shows the number of items in a list. The default for a site is 20 but this may be changed in the global configuration. Select from the drop-down list to change the number displayed. If you select too many complex items they will be slow to deliver and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by published status.&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Actions:&#039;&#039;&#039; Reveals a list of actions for selected Items. Check one or more Item checkboxes to activate the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable&#039;&#039;&#039;. Makes the selected item available for use on your website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Disable&#039;&#039;&#039;. Makes the selected items unavailable for use on your website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Default:&#039;&#039;&#039; Makes the selected item the default item. The default star symbol ([[Image:icon-16-default.png]]) will show in the Default column, indicating that this is now the default item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Check-In&#039;&#039;&#039;. Checks-in the selected items. Works with one or multiple items selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Trash&#039;&#039;&#039;. Changes the status of the selected items to indicate that they are trashed.  Trashed items can still be recovered by selecting &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter and changing the status of the items to Published or Unpublished as preferred.  To permanently delete trashed items, select &amp;quot;Trashed&amp;quot; in the Select Status filter, select the items to be permanently deleted, then click the Empty Trash toolbar icon.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Content Help Screens|Components Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Information:_Database&amp;diff=1007168</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Information: Database</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Information:_Database&amp;diff=1007168"/>
		<updated>2023-07-08T14:44:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: Create page from J4 version and amend for J5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
This screen checks that your database table structure is up to date with your Joomla programs and lets you try to fix any problems that are found.&lt;br /&gt;
In a normal Joomla version update, changes to the database table structure (also called &amp;quot;schema&amp;quot;) are done automatically to keep the database version synchronized with the Joomla version.  If an update is done manually, or if some part of an automatic update fails, the database schema might not be updated to match the version of the Joomla program files. In this case you will see a list of database problems on the screen. You can normally fix any problems by clicking on the Fix button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access==&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|System,Information Panel,Database}} from the Administrator menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help_5x_extension_manager_database_screen-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check this box to select one or more items. To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press Edit, the first item will be opened for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Name.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the extension.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Location.&#039;&#039;&#039; Specifies if this is a site or administrator extension.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; The extension type - module, plug-in, template, language.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Problems.&#039;&#039;&#039; Any problems will be mentioned here. A hover Tooltip provides more information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Version.&#039;&#039;&#039; The version number of the Database.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Manifest Version.&#039;&#039;&#039; The version number of Joomla or Extension.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Folder.&#039;&#039;&#039; If the extension is a plug-in, the subdirectory of your Joomla! installation&#039;s /plugins directory where the extension is located.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ID.&#039;&#039;&#039; The ID number. This is a unique identification number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You cannot change this number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Search bar&#039;&#039;&#039;. Near the top of the page you will see the search bar shown in the [[#screenshot|Screenshot]] above. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search by Text&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter part of the search term and click the Search icon. &#039;&#039;Hover&#039;&#039; to see a &#039;&#039;Tooltip&#039;&#039; indicating which fields will be searched.{{-}}To &#039;Search by ID&#039; enter &amp;quot;id:x&amp;quot;, where &amp;quot;x&amp;quot; is the ID number (for example, &amp;quot;id:19&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click to display the additional filters.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Clear&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click to clear the Filter field and restore the list to its unfiltered state.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ordering&#039;&#039;&#039;. Shows the current list ordering field. 2 ways to change the order:&lt;br /&gt;
**Select from the dropdown list. Ordering may be in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
**Click a column heading. The column heading toggles between ascending and descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Number to Display&#039;&#039;&#039;. Shows the number of items in a list. Select from the dropdown list to change the number displayed.{{-}}The default for a site is &#039;20&#039; but this may be changed in the [[S:MyLanguage/Help5.x:Site_Global_Configuration{{#translation:}}#defaultlistlimit|Global Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use one of the available filters or any combination of them to limit the number of extensions displayed to just the extensions which match your filter parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Location.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select Site, Administrator or API from the dropdown list of available locations.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the extension type from the dropdown list box of available types.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Folder.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select a plug-in folder from the dropdown list box of available folders. There is a separate folder for each type of plug-in defined in your Joomla installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Page Controls. When the number of items is more than one page, you will see a page control bar near the bottom of the page shown in the Screenshot above. The current page number being viewed has a dark colour background.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Start.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click to go to the first page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Prev.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click to go to the previous page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Page numbers.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click to go to the desired page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Next.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click to go to the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;End.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click to go to the last page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the [[#Screenshot|Screenshot]] above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Update Structure&#039;&#039;&#039;. This program attempts to fix any database table structure problems found in the Database check. It runs any database schema change scripts (from the folder &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;administrator/components/com_admin/sql/updates&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) that were not run during the version update. It then re-checks whether or not the database is up to date. If it is successful, the message &amp;quot;Database table structure is up to date&amp;quot; will show.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options.&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* If you experience problems during an update, use this Database check to see if your database got updated correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is strongly recommended that you use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help5.x:Joomla_Update{{#translation:}}|Joomla Update]] component to update your site. This way the database changes will be done automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* You can check for available updates in the [[S:MyLanguage/Help5.x:Joomla_Update{{#translation:}}|Joomla Update]] component or in the [[S:MyLanguage/Help5.x:Site_Control_Panel{{#translation:}}|Control Panel]].&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Links to Other Screens&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Install.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions:_Install{{#translation:}}|Install Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Update.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions:_Update{{#translation:}}|Update Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Manage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions:_Manage{{#translation:}}|Manage Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Discover.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions:_Discover{{#translation:}}|Discover Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Information:_Database{{#translation:}}|Database Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Warnings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Information:_Warnings{{#translation:}}|Warnings Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Install Languages.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Languages{{#translation:}}|Languages Screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Update Sites.&#039;&#039;&#039; Links to the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions:_Update{{#translation:}}|Update Sites]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|5.0|Extension Management Help Screens|Extension Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Home_Dashboard&amp;diff=1007167</id>
		<title>Help5.x:Home Dashboard</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help5.x:Home_Dashboard&amp;diff=1007167"/>
		<updated>2023-07-08T14:25:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Home Dashboard consists of configurable panels providing access to many default Joomla functions and features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Backend,Login}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:help_5x_home_dashboard_screen-en.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sub-panels that make up the Home Dashboard illustrated above are Administrator modules. Each can be unpublished via its configuration icon or published via the list of administrator modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More modules can be added to suit the Administrator&#039;s purposes. [[Help5.x:Modules/en|Learn more.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left part of each icon links to the list of items. The right part, the Plus symbol, links to the form to create a new item.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Users/en|Users]]. Create/delete users, change passwords, modify language and time preferences, and switch which WYSIWYG editor the user has access too. You can also assign users to User Groups, limiting to which aspects of the site they have access.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Articles/en|Articles]]. Manage all of your current articles.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Articles:_Categories/en|Article Categories]]. Create new categories, and publish/unpublish existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Media/en|Media]]. Manage files on your web server. You can delete existing files or upload different ones from your hard drive. You can also create new directories on your web server&#039;s file system.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Modules/en|Modules]]. Control the location and function of modules that are installed on the site.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Plugins/en|Plugins]]. Enable and disable plugins, edit a plugin&#039;s details and options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;System&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Maintenance:_Global_Check-in/en|Global Checkin]]. Check-in of all currently pending or locked items.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Maintenance:_Clear_Cache/en|Cache]]. Deletes all Cache files from the cache folders, including current ones, from your web server. &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Site_Global_Configuration/en|Global Configuration]]. The global configuration has parameters that, when adjusted, will effect your entire Joomla site. This makes the Global Configuration perhaps one of the most important areas in your Joomla Backend. Here you can change many options including, but certainly not limited to: Time Zone, Language, Server Configurations, Session settings, and Meta Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access from all pages: click the Joomla Logo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Articles:_Edit/en|New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Menus/en|Menus]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Templates:_Styles/en|Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Languages:_Installed/en|Language(s)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help5.x:Extensions:_Install/en|Install Extensions]]&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Portal:Joomla_5/en|Portal]] brings together information related specifically to Joomla 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{cathelp|5.0|Site Control Panel Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alann</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>